New Testament Survey Student Notes

Transcription

ITRODUCTIO TO THE GOSPELS
The Era of Christ and the Church
THE ERA OF CHRIST AD THE CHURCH
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
I. Comparison of the Old and New Testament
A. Theme, Purpose, Means, and Message
OLD TESTMET
Theme
EW TESTAMET
“PROMISE”
“FULFILLMET”
God’s promises of redemption and a righteous God fulfilling His promises of redemption and
kingdom
a righteous kingdom
Purpose To demonstrate God’s faithfulness to His
promises
(Means) Through a covenant-relationship with His
chosen people
To demonstrate God’s fulfillment of His
promises
Through a redeemer/king from among His
chosen people
God fulfills His promises of redemption and a
righteous kingdom through a redeemer/ king
promises of redemption and a righteous
kingdom through a covenant-relationship with from among His chosen people.
His chosen people.
Message God demonstrates His faithfulness to His
1
B. Various Aspects
OLD TESTMET
EW TESTAMET
39
17
5
17
27
5
21
1
before 2500 - 420 B.C.
5 B.C. - A.D. 95
First book and
date
Job 2500-2000 B.C.?
Genesis, 1440 B.C.
James A.D. 44-48
Last book and
date
Malachi, 420 B.C.
Revelation, A.D. 95-96
Number of writers
30+
9-10
Percentage of
Bible
75%
25%
Number of books
History
Experience
Prophecy
Years of history
Perspective
Backward: A redeemer is needed
Forward: He is coming
Backward: The Redeemer has come
Forward: He is coming back
First event
The Creation
Birth of Christ
Last event
Prophecy about Christ’s birth
The New Creation
Vaguely understood
There is one God, YHWH
Angel of YHWH, God
Vaguely understood
Fully revealed
There is one God in 3 Persons
Jesus Christ, the God/Man
Fully revealed as God
Through many priests
Through our one High Priest
By grace, through faith in YHWH
By grace, through faith in the Son
A mystery, not yet revealed
Jews and Gentiles are one in
Christ
Revealed in part
Resurrection vaguely understood
More fully revealed
Resurrection of body and soul
The Trinity
God, the Father
God, the Son
God, the Spirit
Approaching God
Salvation
The Church
Life after death
II. General Overview of the New Testament
A. New Testament Order and Classifications
EXPERIECE
HISTORY
Biographical
Matthew
Mark
Luke
John
Historical
Acts
Paul’s Epistles
Romans
1 Corinthians
2 Corinthians
Galatians
Ephesians
Philippians
Colossians
1 Thessalonians
2 Thessalonians
1 Timothy
2 Timothy
Titus
Philemon
PROPHECY
General Epistles
Hebrews
James
1 Peter
2 Peter
1 John
2 John
3 John
Jude
Revelation
B. According to Author (by percentage)
BOOK
%
Luke
Gospel of Luke
Acts
Paul
Romans
1 Corinthians
2 Corinthians
Galatians
Ephesians
Philippians
Colossians
1 Thessalonians
2 Thessalonians
1 Timothy
2 Timothy
Titus
Philemon
24
John
Gospel of John
1 John
2 John
3 John
Revelation
16
Matthew
Gospel of Matthew
13
Mark
Gospel of Mark
9
???
Hebrews
5
Peter
1 Peter
James
James
2
Jude
Jude
1
2 Peter
C. Summary of Content
3
27
3
HISTORY
BOOK
Matthew
Mark
Luke
John
Acts
MAI
5 MOST IMPORTAT
SUBJECT
EVETS / COCEPTS / ISSUES
Jesus the Messiah, * Jesus’ birth, baptism and temptation
the Son of David
* Sermon on the Mount
* Jesus’ final entry into Jerusalem
* Mt. of Olives Discourse
* Jesus’ arrest, trials, death, resurrection
Jesus the Messiah, * Jesus’ baptism and temptation
the Servant and
Savior of all
* Cleansing of the temple
* Mt. of Olives Discourse
* Jesus’ arrest, trial, death, resurrection
Jesus the Messiah, * Jesus’ birth, baptism and temptation
the Son of Man
* Parables of the Kingdom
* Jesus’ arrest, trial, death and
resurrection
* Jesus’ post-resurrection ministry
Jesus the Messiah, * The Word is God in the flesh
the Son of God
* Nicodemus’ visit
* The raising of Lazarus
* Jesus’ arrest, trial, death and
resurrection
Acts of the Holy
* Jesus’ ascension into heaven
Spirit
* The coming of the Holy Spirit
* The Gospel is preached in Jerusalem
* The Gospel to Judea and Samaria
* The Gospel to the ends of the earth
AUTHOR
DATE
(of writing, AD)
Matthew
50-60
Mark
55-62
Luke
58-60
John
85-95
Luke
60-62
EXPERIECE
(According to date of writing)
BOOK
James
Galatians
1 Thess.
MAI
SUBJECT
Faith that works
5 MOST IMPORTAT
* Trials bring spiritual maturity
* Faith without works is useless
* The tongue must be controlled
* Submit to God, resist Satan
* Be patient when suffering
Salvation through
* There is only one Gospel
faith alone
* Paul’s message is from God
* No one is justified by the law
* The righteous live by faith
* We reap what we sow
The hope of Christ’s * The Gospel is a message of joy
return
* Suffering produces maturity
* God’s will is a holy life
* The Lord’s return gives hope
* God’s wrath is not for believers
AUTHOR
DATE
(of writing, AD)
James
44-48
Paul
48-49
Paul
51-52
EXPERIECE
BOOK
2 Thess.
MAI
SUBJECT
The truth about
Christ’s return
1 Cor.
Spiritual and moral
problems in the
church
2 Cor.
Defense of Paul’s
ministry
Romans
A righteousness
from God
Ephesians
Christ as Lord over
His church
Colossians
Christ as Lord over
all
Philemon
Love and
forgiveness
Philippians
Joy in Christ
1 Timothy
Guidelines for
pastoring—to
Timothy
5 MOST IMPORTAT
DATE
AUTHOR
(of writing, AD)
* God will judge the wicked
Paul
51-52
* The day of the Lord is future
* Christ will be victorious
* Stand firm in the truth
* Avoid worldly believers
* Divisions in the Church
Paul
55-56
* Moral and spiritual problems
* Instruction concerning marriage
* Instruction concerning spiritual gifts
* The Gospel and Resurrection
* Paul’s life has been pure
Paul
56-57
* Paul has been sent by Christ
* Give generously to God’s work
* Satan may come as an angel of light
* Paul’s vision and affliction
* No one is righteous before God
Paul
56-58
* Justification is by faith alone
* Sin will always be a struggle
* National Israel has a future
* Righteousness is also practical
* We have all spiritual blessings in Christ
Paul
60-61
* We have been sealed by the Holy Spirit
* Salvation is by grace through faith
* Jews and Gentiles are one in Christ
* Our life should reflect our position
* Redemption is through Christ’s blood
Paul
60-61
* Christ is the creator and sustainer of all
* Christ is fully God
* Believers are created in Christ’s image
* Put off the old self, put on the new self
* Love is a source of joy for others
Paul
60-61
* Love is the basis for handling problems
* Love is the basis for strong relationships
* Love is the basis for forgiveness
* Forgiveness is the basis for restoration
* Fellowship in the Gospel brings joy
Paul
61-62
* True joy is independent of
circumstances
* Christ humbled himself to die
* God exalted Christ to the highest place
* We should rejoice in every
circumstance
* False teachers are to be silenced
Paul
63-66
* Women do not have authority over men
* Elders must be above reproach
* Deacons must be men worthy of
respect
* Godliness with contentment is great
gain
5
EXPERIECE
BOOK
Titus
2 Timothy
1 Peter
2 Peter
Jude
Hebrews
1 John
2 John
MAI
SUBJECT
Guidelines for
pastoring—to Titus
5 MOST IMPORTAT
DATE
AUTHOR
(of writing, AD)
* An elder must be blameless
Paul
63-66
* The rebellious are to be silenced
* Teach sound doctrine
* Christ saved us on the basis of His
mercy
* Avoid those who cause division
Ministry in the midst * God gives power, love, and selfPaul
67
of persecution
discipline
* Christ destroyed death and brought life
* Following Christ may bring suffering
* Don’t particpate in foolish arguments
* Godlessness will increase in the last
days
Responding correctly * The resurrection gives us a living hope
Peter
64-65
to persecution
* Be holy because God is holy
* Submit to every authority
* Suffering should be with Christ’s attitude
* Resist Satan and stand firm in the faith
Dealing with false
* We have all we need for a godly life
Peter
64-68
teachers
* All true prophecy comes from God
* False teachers will be judged
* The Lord desires that all men be saved
* The Lord’s patience means salvation
Condemnation of
* Unbelievers have slipped into the
Jude
68-80
false teachers
church
* Angels who sinned have been bound
* Sodom and Gomorrah are examples
* The Lord will judge when he comes
* Don’t be like those who cause division
The superiority of
* God has spoken through His Son
???
68-69
Christ
* The Father calls the Son, “God”
* The Son is greater than Moses or
angels
* Jesus is high priest of the New
Covenant
* Christ’s sacrifice is final and sufficient
Fellowship with God * Fellowship with God is seen in one’s life
John
85-95
* If we confess our sin, God forgives
* Love for the world is not from God
* We know we are in Christ by the Spirit
* Eternal life is in the Son
Walking in the truth * Christ’s command to love is not new
John
85-95
* Love is demonstrated by obedience
* Denial of Christ is the spirit of antichrist
* Do not welcome such a deceiver
* Those who welcome these share the
guilt
EXPERIECE
BOOK
3 John
MAI
SUBJECT
Faithfulness to the
truth
5 MOST IMPORTAT
* Believers who live for God bring joy
* Hospitality is necessary to
fellowworkers
* Diotrophes was causing problems
* Do not imitate those who sin
* Demetrius is a good example to follow
AUTHOR
DATE
(of writing, AD)
John
85-95
PROPHECY
BOOK
Revelation
MAI
SUBJECT
The revelation and
victory of Jesus
Christ
5 MOST IMPORTAT
AUTHOR
* Blessing is promised who heed this
book
* John’s letters to seven Asian churches
* Three series of seven judgments
* Satan’s destruction at Christ’s return
* The new heaven and new earth
John
7
DATE
(of writing, AD)
95-96
Event
III. Chronology of the New Testament Era
A. The Life of Christ
Event
REFERECE
DATE
Christ’s birth
Mt 1:18-24, Lk 2:1-20
December, 4 B.C.
Herod the Great’s death
Mt 2:15,19
March/April, 4 B.C.
Christ at the temple at twelve years of age Lk 2:41-50
Passover, April 9, 9
Caiaphas becomes the high priest
A.D. 18
Pilate arrives in Judea
A.D. 26
Beginning of John the Baptist’s ministry
Mt 3:1-2; Mk 1:4; Lk 3:2-3; Jn 1:6
A.D. 29
Beginning of Christ’s ministry (baptism)
Mt 3:13; Mk 1:9; Lk 3:21; Jn 1:30-36
Summer/Fall A.D. 29
Christ’s 1st Passover (during His ministry) Jn 2:13
April 7, 30
John the Baptist imprisoned
A.D. 30 or 31
Mt 11:2; Lk 3:20
Christ’s 2nd Passover (during His ministry)
April 25, 31
John the Baptist’s death
Mt 14:10; Mk 6:27; Lk 9:9
A.D. 31 or 32
Christ at the Feast of Tabernacles
Jn 5:1
October 21-28, 31
Christ’s 3rd Passover (during His ministry) Jn 6:4
April 13/14, 32
Christ at the Feast of Tabernacles
Jn 7:2, 10
September 10-17, 32
Christ at the Feast of Dedication
Jn 10:22-39
December 18, 32
Christ’s final week
Arrival at Bethany and anointing
With the crowds at Bethany
Triumphal entry
Cursing of the fig tree
Cleansing of the temple
Temple controversy
Olivet discourse
Last supper, betrayal, arrest, and trial
Final trial and crucifixion
In the grave
The resurrection
Jn 12:1-8
Jn 12:9-11
Mt 21:1-9; Mk 11:1-10; Lk 19:28-40; Jn 12:12-19
Mt 21:18-19; Mk 11:1-10
Mt 21:12-13; Mk 11:15-17; Lk 19:45-46
Mt 21:23-23:39; Mk 11:27-12:44; Lk 20:1-21:4
Mt 24:1-25:46; Mk 13:1-37; Lk 21:5-36
Mt 26:17-75; Mk 14:12-72; Lk 22:7-65; Jn 15:1-18:27
Mt 27:1-60; Mk 15:1-46; Lk 22:66-23:54;
Jn 18:28-19:42
Mt 27:61-66; Mk 15:47;Lk 23:55-56; Jn 19:3842
Mt 28:1-15; Mk 16:1-13; Lk 23:55-56; Jn 20:115
March 28-April 5, 33
Saturday, March 28
Sunday, March 29
Monday, March 30
Tuesday, March 31
Wednesday, April 1
Thursday, April 2
Friday, April 3
Saturday, April 4
Sunday, April 5
Christ’s ascension
Acts 1:6-11
Thursday, May 14, 33
Day of Pentecost
Acts 2:1-40
Sunday, May 24, 33
This chart based on information taken from: Chronological Aspects of the Life of Christ, by Harold W. Hoehner, 1975.
B. The Apostolic Era
EVENT
REFERENCE
DATE
Day of Pentecost
Acts 2:1-40
33
Foundation of the church in Jerusalem
Acts 2:42-6:7
33-34
Stephens death
Persecution and dispersion of the Jerusalem church
Paul’s conversion
Acts 6:8-7:60
Acts 8:1-40
Acts 9:1-19
35
Paul in Damascus and Arabia
Acts 9:19-25; Gal. 1:15-18
35-37
Paul’s 1st trip to Jerusalem
Acts 9:26-29; Gal. 1:18-20
37
Paul in Caesarea and Tarsus (Syria and Cilicia)
Acts 9:30 (Gal. 1:21-24)
38-42
Paul and Barnabas in Antioch
James death by King Herod Agrippa I
Peter’s imprisonment and escape (in Jerusalem)
Death of King Herod Agrippa I
Acts 11:25-26
Acts 12:2
Acts 12:3-19
Acts 12:21-23
44
Paul’s 2. journey to Jerusalem (with famine relief money)
Acts 11:27-30, 12:25; Gal. 2:110
47
Acts 12:25-13:1
47-48
Paul’s 1st missionary journey
Seleucia, Cyprus, Perga, Antioch in Pisidia, Iconium, Lystra,
Derbe
Acts 13:1-14:28
48-49
Jerusalem Council
Acts 14:25-28
Acts 15:1-29
49
Acts 15:30-35
49/50
Paul’s 2nd missionary journey
Acts 15:36-18:22
Syria, Cilicia, Derbe, Lystra, Phrygia, Galatia, Mysia, Troas,
Samothracia, Neapolis, Philippi, Thessalonica, Berea, Athens,
Corinth, Ephesus, Caesarea, Jerusalem
50-52
Paul’s 3rd missionary journey
Acts 18:23-21:17
Galatia, Phrygia, Ephesus, Macedonia, Greece, Philippi,
Troas, Assos, Mitylene, Chios, Samos, Tragyllium, Miletus,
Coos, Rhodes, Patara, Tyre, Ptolemais, Caesarea, Jerusalem
53-57
Paul’s arrest in Jerusalem
Acts 21:27-36
57
Paul’s imprisonment in Caesarea
Acts 23:22-26:32
57-59
Paul’s journey to Rome
Acts 27:1-16
59-60
Paul’s 1st Roman imprisonment
Acts 27:17-31
60-62
Paul’s further travels
62-67
Persecution under Nero
Peter’s death
64-68
Paul’s 2nd Roman imprisonment
Paul’s death
67-68
Fall of Jerusalem / Destruction of the temple
70
Persecution under Domitian
89-96
John’s exile on Patmos
94-96
9
INTRODUCTION TO THE GOSPELS
I. The Historical Context
A. Date of writing
Gospel of Matthew: 50-60 AD
Gospel of Mark: 64-68 AD
Gospel of Luke: 58-60 AD
Gospel of John: 85-95 AD
B. Situation
1. The Counsel of Jerusalem had already taken place (Acts 15, 49 AD)
2. Paul had already completed three missionary journeys
3. Paul’s first imprisonment has already taken place
4. The Apostles and original eye-witnesses were dying off
II. The Purposes for the writing of the Gospels
A. How do we know that Jesus of Nazareth is really the Messiah?
1. Fulfillment of OT Prophecies; born of a virgin Is 7:14[6]; in Bethlehem Mic
5:2[10]; heal many Isa. 53:4[17]; enter Jerusalem As a king Zech 9:9 [21]
2. Miracles
3. The Resurrection; Mt 28:2-7; Mk 16:6; Lk 24:5; Jn 20:9-18
B. If Jesus is truly the Messiah, how can one explain his Ashameful death@ with the Old
Testament prophesies regarding the Messiah (he would deliver Israel from her captives
and would rule over Israel)?
1. His death fulfilled Old Testament Prophecies; (Is. 53:12 [30]; Zech. 12:10[32]; Isa
53:9[39]); Such a death should have been expected by a stout Jew who knows his
Old Testament well.
2. His death introduced the New Testament
If it weren’t for his death, the New Testament, the New Covenant could not have
been instituted.
3. He will return to fulfill Old Testament prophecies. He will rule over Jerusalem.
C. If Jesus of Nazareth is really the Messiah, then why did his own people reject him?
This too was prophesied about in Scripture, (Isa 53:3 [20]; 118:2,3 [23]). The gospel
writers make it clear, the hardness of the hearts of the leaders of Israel, and the wrong
expectations associated with the Messiah.
III. The Synoptic AProblem@ and Biblical Criticism
A. Definition of Synoptic:
From the word synopsis which means: “Summary or outline of a book” Oxford’s Dictionary
The Synoptic Gospels therefore are books with the same outline of events and similar content.
The Gospel of John is not considered a synoptic gospel because it is very different from the
other two, with a different outline of events and very different material.
B. Description of the AProblem@
The Synoptic Gospels at times have similar arrangements, similar content, similar sentence
structure, similar word order, and similar word usage. However, the Synoptic Gospels at times
also has differing arrangements, content, sentence structure, word order and word usage.
How do we account for these differences and similarities.
-A word about Biblical Criticism:
Around the 1950's Many liberal Bible scholars were attacking the character of the Bible.
Bultmann was one of the most well known of these. He believed that we could know very little
about Jesus apart from the fact that He lived. This took place during rationalism, where most
did not believe in the supernatural. So, the Scripture, which records occurrence after
occurrence of supernatural activities was lambasted as non-credible. How does this relate to
the synoptic problem? These liberal scholars now had to give account as to how these
different gospels, recorded by different men, could have very similar content without a
supernatural means.
1. Similarity of Material
Same / Similar Material
Unique Material
Matthew
58%
42%
Mark
93%
7%
Luke
41%
59%
John
8%
a. Similarity of Arrangement
i. John the Baptist=s Ministry
ii. Baptism of Christ
iii. Temptation of Christ
iv. Ministry of Christ in Galilee
v. The end of Christ=s public ministry in Jerusalem
vi. The betrayal and arrest of Christ
vii. The trial and Crucifixion of Christ
viii. The burial of Christ
ix. The resurrection of Christ
11
92%
b. Similarity of Style and Wording
-Healing of the leper (Matt 8:1; Mk 1:40; Lk 5:12)
-The question of Jesus’ authority (Matt 21:23; Mk 11:27; Lk 20:1)’’
-The request for Jesus’ body (Matt 27:58; Mk 15:43; Lk 23:52)
2. Similarity in two Gospels alone
a. Christ’s Genealogy (Lk 3:23-38; Matt 1:1-17)
b. The Preaching of John the Baptist (Matt 6:24; Lk 6:13)
c. Christ’s Sermon on the Mount (Lk 6:17-49; Matt 5-7)
d. Christ’s Healing of the Centurion=s Servant (Lk 7:1-10; Matt 8:5-13)
e. The Call to Follow Christ (Lk 9:57-62; Matt 8:19-22)
-For further examples see the harmony of the gospels found in the
subsequent notes.
3. Divergences and Unique Material
a. Luke’s depiction of Christ’s lament over Jerusalem before triumphal entry (Lk
13:22, 31-35; 19:28-40); Matthew’s depiction of Christ’s lament over Jerusalem
after His triumphal entry (Matt 21:9-10; 23:37-24:1)
b. The birth narratives of Matthew and Luke are quite different (Matt 1:18-2:12;
Lk 9:51-18:14).
c. Each gospel has unique material not found in the other synoptics. Matthew
records Peter’s walking on water, Sermon on the Mount, etc.
C. Explaining the Similarities
1. A Liberal Response
-The Presupposition: The Bible is not the Word of God, it is not without
error, and it is not inspired. It is a piece of literature like any other book,
written by humans who are susceptible to error.
a. One letter must have been written first (usually Mark), the second
copied from the first, and the third plagiarized from the first two.
b. Matthew, Mark, and Luke did not write their respective gospels, but
rather’unknown writers in the Second Century wrote them.
2. A Biblical/Conservative Response
-The Presupposition: The Scripture is the Revealed, Inspired, Inerrant Word of
God (2 Peter 1:21; 2 Tim 3:16)
a. The Gospel authors were recording actual events witnessed by themselves
or other reliable eye witnesses. The record of the same events should of
course be similar.
Matthew: Matthew was a disciple of Christ and therefore wrote as an
eyewitness of the life of Christ.
Mark: Mark based his Gospel on the testimony of Peter, an original
disciple and eyewitness of the life of Christ.
Luke: Luke wrote consulting several eye witnesses (Lk 1:1-4) eyewitnesses of the life of Christ, as he traveled with Paul. “Mary pondered all
these things and treasured them in her heart”(Lk 2:19).
b. Oral Tradition: Oral tradition was very common to the Jewish mind. Even
rote memory of large quantities of information. That was their means of
learning and passing on to others.
c. Sources: They probably did have sources, Matthew and Luke probably
obtained
their genealogical records from temple records, or family oral tradition, and they
sought information from outside witnesses of events that they themselves did
not see. But not sources in the way that Liberal scholars think. The Gospel
authors were not merely editors utilizing, combining, and plagiarizing available
sources to produce their own account.
d. The recorded words of John the Baptist and Christ The places where the
similarities are unable to be overlooked are the words of Christ. Christ
promised that he would bring to His disciples memory those things which he
had taught them. (Jn 14:25,26) “One would expect close verbal agreement in
the discourses since Christ promised that very thing.” Dyer, Vital NT Issues.
D. Explaining the Divergences and Unique Material
1. A Liberal Response
a. Unique material proves dependence upon other sources.
As noted above, Mark is thought to have been written first, followed by Matthew
and then Luke, the material that the author of Matthew and Luke used, different
from Mark was from a source called Q (from the German word Quelle “source”).
Material that was unique to Matthew alone was from a source referred to as M for
Matthew, and material unique to Luke alone was referred to as L for Luke. “Any
theory that rests on such extensive invisible evidence should immediately be
suspect.” Vital NT Issues Charles Dyer
b. Divergences between accounts point to human errors, you do not need to
explain them because the Bible is just another human document full of errors.
2. A Biblical/Conservative Response
a. Different recipients: Each author has different audiences to whom they are
writing, and portray Christ in a different light to each respective audience, thus
accounting for unique material. Matt 21:13; Luk 19:46; and Mk. 11:17
b. Unique Perspectives: Each author is their own person, each source or “eye
wittness” is his or her own person. Each event therefore is seen from different
vantage points using different vocabulary. This does not mean they conflict.
c. Divergent accounts can often be reconciled when one understands that
Christ often taught the same message on numerous occasions. (Christ=s
lament over Jerusalem Matt 23:37-39; Lk 13:34,35)
d. Aramaic was the commonly spoken language. Translation from Aramaic to
Greek accounts for some differences in similar accounts.
E. Conclusion: The Similarities and differences in the narrative can be accounted for
simply by understanding that each writer was describing the same events from different
13
perspectives with different audiences in mind. All similarities and divergences can be
explained.
Portrait of Christ
MATTHEW
MARK
LUKE
JOHN
The Messiah,
Son of David
The Servant and
Savior of All
The Perfect Son
of Man
The Eternal Son
of God
Christ’s humanity
Primary
audience
Writer’s
emphasis on
Jesus’ teaching
and ministry
Christ’s deity
Jewish
Roman
Greek
Everyone
Sermons
Miracles
Parables
Doctrines
More public
More private
More practical, ethical teaching
More doctrinal
More geographical movement
Less movement
Galilean ministry
Primary literary
Structure
Christ’s
genealogy
Relationship to
other gospels
5 travel
narrative/
discourse
sections
Chronological /
geographical
movement
Logical /
chronological
development
Theological /
chronological
development
A king needs
one
Matt. 1:1-17
Royal line from
Abraham to
Joseph through
David’s son
Solomon
A servant needs
none
A man should
have one
Luke 3:23-38
God has none
Physical line from
Mary to Adam
through David’s
son Nathan
Complementary
Synoptic Gospels
Supplementary
THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW
THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
II. Date
III. Recipients
Primarily: Jewish Audience
A. Has many OT quotations
B. Genealogy from Abraham through David
C. Emphasis upon the Messiah and His kingdom
D. Jewish customs without explanation
IV. Literary considerations
A. Structure
B. Theme
C. Purpose
D. Message
V. Particular Characteristics
A.
Great emphasis on Jesus’ teaching ministry, specifically about the kingdom
1. Basilea- used 50x’s
2. Only Gospel to speak of the Kingdom of Heaven.” used only in Matthew’s
account. Jews revered the name of God and so probably put this in it’s.
15
B. Great emphasis upon eschatology related to the kingdom
C. Full of OT Quotations: 50 direct quotations, 75 references
D. Demonstrates that Jesus is the Messiah, precise and detailed fulfilled prophecies
distinguish
this gospel from the others.
-1:22,23 Virgin Birth
-2:4,5 Birth in Bethlehem
-2:14,15 Living in Egypt
-2:18 The killing of innocent children
-2:23 Living in Nazareth
-3:3 John the Baptist
-21:4,5 Christ’s entrance to Jerusalem on a donkey
-26:31 The dispersion of the disciples on the night of Christ’s crucifixion
-26:55b,56 The arrest of Jesus by night
-27:9 The blood money would be used for Christ’s grave
-27:35 The casting of lots for Christ’s clothing
E. The universal implications of the kingdom and the inclusion of Gentiles
1. The Magi from the east (2:1-12)
2. The centurion (8:5-13)
3. The Canaanite woman (15:22-28)
4. The Great Commission to all nations (28:19)
AN OVERVIEW OF MATTHEW
The Gospel of Matthew
Offer of the King
Presentation Proclamatio
of the King n of the King
Rejection of the King
Power of the
King
Divisions
1:1
Topics
4:11 4:12
7:29 8:1
Progres Preparati Present Proof of
sive
on of the ation
the King
Rejectio King’s
and
n of the Disciples Rejectio
King
n of the
King
11:1 11:216:12
16:1320:28
20:2927:66
28:128:20
Teaching the multitudes
Topical
Bethlehem
and
Place Nazareth
Time
Teaching the twelve
Chronological
Galilee
4 B.C to A.D. 33
Judea
THE GOSPEL OF MARK
THE GOSPEL OF MARK
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author Technically anonymous, but Mark’s name was added sometime before AD 125.
John was his Jewish name, Mark his Roman name. Because he left Barnabas and Paul on the
first missionary journey, Paul did not want his company on the next trip (Acts). However, later
Paul spoke well of him (2 Tim 4:11).
A. All early church leaders agreed that Mark was the author; Papias 110; Justin Martyr
160; Iranaeus 180, and others.
B. He is not an eyewitness follower
C. Accompanied Peter
D. Eusebuius quoted Papias, “Wrote down accurately everything that Peter
remembered”
II. Date Written before AD 70; since the fall of Jerusalem was prophesied 13:2;
and around Peter’s death 64-68
III. Recipients Early church testimony: Written in Rome at the request of Roman Christians.
John Mark was present with Peter in Rome if “Babylon” refers to Rome 1Peter 5:13. When
mark was written believers were being blamed for a fire that wnt through all of the city 64AD,
and persecution was rising.
A. Jewish customs explained
B. Aramaic (common Holy Land language) expressions translated into Greek (world
language)
C. Roman method of time-keeping
D. Only quoted the Old Testament once. 1:2,3
A. Structure and style
1. Short, quickly moving narrative of Jesus’ ministry. “Immediately” used 42 times
2. Chronological for the most part
3. 1/3 deals with Christ’s last 8 days
17
B. Theme Jesus, the Son of God, is both the Servant and Savior of the World
C. Purpose To present Jesus, who is the Son of God as the suffering Servant and
rejected Savior of the world.
D. Message Jesus, who is the Son of God, came as a Servant and Savior of the
World, and achieved ultimate victory through apparent defeat.
V. Particular Characteristics
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
AN OVERVIEW OF MARK
The Gospel of Mark
To Serve
Presentation Opposition
to the
of the
Divisions
Servant
Servant
1:1
2:12 2:13
To Sacrifice
Instruction by
the Servant
8:26 8:27
Rejection of the
Servant
10:52 11:1
Resurrection of the
Servant
15:47 16:1
Topics
Sayings and Signs
Suffering
Place
Galilee and Perea
Judea and Jerusalem
Time
c. 3 years
c. 6 months
A.D. 29 to 33
8 days
16:20
THE GOSPEL OF LUKE
THE GOSPEL OF LUKE
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
II. Date
III. Recipients
Specifically:
Generally:
A.
B.
C.
D.Highlighted the fact that Gentiles are included in God’s plan of salvation
E.
1.
2. 18-20 Unique parables
19
3. Often mentioned the ministry of the HS, as he did in Acts of the Apostles
4. Similar to Mark, but includes infancy and post-resurrection material, 10 extra
chapters of travel accounts, and more details of Jesus final week
5
B. Theme
C. Purpose: To demonstrate to the Non-Jewish world that...
1.
2.
D. Message 19:10
V.
Particular characteristics
A. Luke seems to emphasize the universal nature of the Gospel more than
the other Gospels
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
C. Emphasizes forgiveness (3:3; 5:18-26; 6:37; 7:36-50; 11:4; 12:10; 17:34; 23:34; 24:47)
D. Emphasizes prayer (3:21; 5:16; 6:12; 9:18, 29; 22:32; 40-41)
E. Emphasizes personal response of faith (Zechariah, Elizabeth, Mary,
Simeon, Anna, Martha, Mary, Simon, Levi, the centurion, the widow of
Nain, Zachaeus, and Joseph of Arimathea
F. Often mentions the joy that comes with salvation (1:14; 8:13; 10:17;
13:17; 15:5, 9; 19:6, 37)
THE GOSPEL OF LUKE
AN OVERVIEW OF LUKE
The Gospel of Luke
Introduction of
the Son of Man
Crucifixion and
Ministry of the
Rejection of Resurrection of
Son of Man
the Son of Man the Son of Man
Advent
Activities
Antagonism and
Admonition
Divisions
1:1
4:13 4:14
Topics
9:50 9:51
Place
Time
19:27 19:28
Israel
24:53
Saving the Lost
Seeking the Lost
Miracles Prominent
Application and
Authentication
Teaching Prominent
Galilee
Israel
4 B.C. to A.D.33
21
Jerusalem
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
A.
B.
C.
D
II. Date
III. Recipients: No specific audience. The statement of purpose in 20:31
indicates it’s universal nature.
A.
B.
1.
2. Different Phases of ministry are noted showing growing tension between Jesus
and opponents.
3. Chronological sequence that generally follows the Jewish feasts.
4. Geographical locations are mentioned regularly.
5.
B. Theme
C. Purpose
THE GOSPEL OF JOHN
D. Message Since Jesus Christ is proven to be the Son of God, all mankind should
be
motivated to believe in him and inherit eternal life.
E. Particular characteristics
1. Relationship to the Synoptics 93% of the material is unique to John
a. Common to the Synoptics
b In the Synoptics but not in John
2. General focus of Jesus’ ministry
a. Stresses Jesus Ministry in Jerusalem
b. Stresses attendance of Jewish feasts
c. stresses ministry to His disciples and other individuals: of twenty-seven
personal conversations, the majority are only recorded in John
F. Jesus’ teaching ministry
1.
2. Many great sermons and discourses are found only in John
a. The new birth 3:1-13
b. The water of life 4:6-29
c. Defense of Jesus’ deity 5:19-47
d. The bread of life 6:22-7:1
e. The light of the World 8:12-59
f. The good shepherd 10:1-30
g. The upper room discourse 13:1-16:33
3. Only this gospel contains Christ’s prayer of his finished work
4. More teaching regarding the Holy Spirit in this Gospel.
G. Prevalence of great themes
-belief (verb used 98 times)
-light, life, love, truth, and abiding
-These are also common themes in his other epistles
23
John
Matthew
Mark
Luke
Son of Man
Jesus-13
Jesus-32
Jesus-14
Jesus-26
Son of God
Jesus-4, John-1
John the Baptist-1
Nathaniel-1
Martha-1, Jews-1
Satan-2
Demon-1
High priest-1
Multitudes-2
Centurion-1
Mark-1
Demon-1
Centurion-1
Angel-1
Satan-2
Demon-1
Chief priests-1
Matthew-1
Angel-1
Blindmen-3
Multitudes-3
Canaanite-1
Pharisees-1
Jesus (Scribes)-1
Bartimeus-2
Blind man-1
Title
Son of David
Son of Abraham
Son of Joseph
(supposedly)
Matthew-1
Philip-1
Jews-1
Luke-1
Son of Mary
Crowd-1
Jesus-16
The Son
Son of the Living
God
Peter-1
Son of the Most
High
Son of the Most
High God
Son of the
Blessed One
H.
Angel-1
Demon-1
Demon-1
Caiaphas-1
I am . . . egw eimi (repetition for emphasis I, I am) 8:58-“before
Abraham I was” Look at John 18:5; 9:9 in greek 13:13; 13:9
6:35;6:41,48,51
4. The Good Shepherd
10:11,14
2. The Light of the world8:12
5. The Resurrection and the Life
11:25
3. The Gate for the Sheep
10:7,9
6. The Way, the Truth..Life 14:6
7. The True Vine 15:1
1. The Bread of Life
THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES
AN OVERVIEW OF JOHN
The Gospel of John
Incarnation Presentatio Opposition Preparation of
Crucifixion and
n of the
to the
the Disciples of Resurrection of the
of the
Son of God
Son of God Son of God Son of God the Son of God
Introduction Revelation of Rejection of
to the Christ the Christ
the Christ
Revelation from Rejection of the Christ
Divisions
the Christ
1:1
1:18 1:19
4:54 5:1 12:50 13:1
Upper Room
Discourse
Seven Miracles
Topics
AThat you may believe@
21:25
Supreme Miracle
AThat you may have life@
Israel
Place
Time
17:26 18:1
A few years
A few hours
A few weeks
Bailey, Mark and Tom Constable, The New Testament Explorer. Nashville: Word
Publishing, 1999.
Dyer, Charles H. Vital New Testament Issues. “Do the Synoptics Depend on
Each Other?” Ed. Roy B. Zuck, Kregel: Grand Rapids, 1996.
Guthrie, Donald. New Testament Introduction. Downers Grove: Intervarsity
Press, 1990.
Thatcher, Tom. Vital New Testament Issues. “A New Look at Asides in the
Fourth Gospel” Ed. Roy B. Zuck, Kregel: Grand Rapids, 1996.
THE LIFE OF CHRIST
A HARMOY OF THE GOSPELS
Philo-Jewish Philosopher, logoV was a well developed understanding; A mediator to reveal truth,
impersonal (wisdom or reason of God) John uses it to refer not to the rvelation but to the REVEALER.
Just as words communicate the thoughts of man, the Word rveals the MIND of God.
GOSPEL PROLOGUE
1:1-4
1:1-18
WHO IS THE WORD?
(Jn 1:1-18)
ETERNAL WORD
1. He was from the beginning vs1
Gen 1:1 In the beginning God…
The Relationship of the Word to God
4. The Light vs 4
JESUS’ BIRTH AD
The Relationship of the Word to man cont.
“Light” is equivalent to the knowledge of God in
25
John usage of the word
CREATIVE WORD
2.The Creator vs 3 The God-Man, Christ Jesus
5. Became Flesh vs 14
3.The genealogies: legal and natural
1:1-17
3:23-28
Matthew portrays Jesus as the Messiah of the Jews, therefore going back
to Abraham the father of the Jews. Luke was written to Gentiles,
concerned with the whole world therefore goes back to Adam. His
lineage was never questioned by the Pharisees, they probably checked the
temple records which were in
1. The genealogies: Legal and Natural
Matt 1:1-17; Mark 3:23-28
THE GENEALOGY OF CHRIST
A Jew would ask “is he a
son of Abraham” Because
this question is so
important to prove the
Messianic claims, Matthew
presents it first in his
argument. Whereas Luke
begins with the birth
narrative and then starts in
on the Genealogy.
Matthew- father; Lukemother; case is strong for
Chris’s Messianic right.
Father of HumanÁdám Race
Father of JewishÁbrahám Race
Simá
Szalmón
Ráháb
Boáz
Ruth
Dávid
Betsabé
átán
József
Mária
Sóbáb
Lukács
Matt- 3 groups of 14 generations
Matt-41 names; Luke 74
19 before Matt begins
Támár
Salamon
Máté
19 in common, 19
Júda
26
Matthew includes 4
women contrary to
tradition, Tamar, Rahab,
Ruth, and Bathsheeba.
Three guilty of gross sins
(Tamar, Rahab,
Bathseeba), and two
were foreigners (Rahab,
Ruth). Among the men
other names of big
sinners are CHOSEN,
Christ gives hope to a
sinful race
In Luke’s account, since it
2. Announcement of John’s birth
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1:5-25
JOHN THE BAPTIST—What will he be like?
Mal 4:5; 3:1- A forerunner, would preceed the
He will bring joy and delight to his family 1:14
day of the Lord. Zechariah was given the
“once-in-a-lifetime” responsibility of offering
Many will rejoice because of his birth 1:14
inscense. The casting of lots “just-happened”
to fall upon Zechariah.
He will be great in the sight of the Lord 1:15
At the alter of incense the Angel appeared not
He will not drink wine 1:15
on the rt side, but the left, reserved for God.
No wonder Zechariah was overcome with fear.
He will be filled with the Spirit even from birth 1:15
In Ancient East Messengers commonly
He will bring many of Israel back to her God 1:16;Mal 4:5
prepared the way for the king
7. He will go before the Lord in the spirit and power of Elijah 1:17
3. Announcement of Jesus’ birth
1:18-25
1:26-38
JESUS CHRIST—What will he be like?
1. He will be named Jesus. “The Lord Saves” Lk 1:31
Pentecost says, “It is noteworthy that
the angel uses the three significant
2. He will be called Immanuel. “God with us” Mt 1:22
words—“throne,” “house,” and
“kingdom”—found in the promise to
3. He will be called the Son of the Most High. Lk 1:32
David in 2 Sam 7:16. This was an
announcement as clear as it was
4. He will save His people from their sins. Mt 1:21
possible to make it that Mary’s Son
would come into the world to fulfill
5. He will be great. Lk 1:32
the promise given to David that one of
David’s sons would sit on David’s
6. The Lord will give Him the throne of David. 1:32
throne and rule over David’s kingdom.
Jesus would not only come to be the
7. He will reign over the house of Jacob. 1:33
Savior but to be the Sovereign.”
8. His kingdom will never end. 1:33
4. Mary visits Elizabeth
1:39-56
“Blessed are you among women” Mary had the privilege that every young lady hoped for. She would be the mother of the
Messiah. Elizabeth spoke as a prophetess under the Holy Spirits direction. Mary was not recognized for her sinlessness but for
her faith.
5. John’s birth
1:57-80
6. Jesus’ birth (Bethlehem) March/April 4BC
2:1-7
God providentialy used the Roman census taking to bring Mary and Joseph to the place in which Micah had predicted
the Messiah would be born. We have prophecy after prophecy fulfilled to show that the one born in Bethlehem, was
the one who would free His people from their sins, both the Savior of the World and the Messiah of the kingdom to
27
come.
PROPHECIES FULFILLED BY CHRIST
Prophecy
OT Passage
T Fulfillment
1. He will be born of a woman
Gen 3:15
Gal 4:4
2. He will be from Abraham’s line
Gen 12:3
Mt 1:1; Rom 9:5
3. He will be from the tribe of Judah
Gen 49:10
Heb 7:14; Rev 5:5
4. He will be from the house of David
2Sam 7:12-13
Lk 1:31-33; Rom 1:3
5. He will sit on the throne of David
2Sam 7:11-12
Psa 132:11
Isa 9:6-7; 16:5
Jer 23:5
Lk 1:31-32
6. He will be born of a virgin
Isa 7:14
Mt 1:22-23
7. His throne will be eternal
Dan 2:44;7:14,27
Mic 4:7
Lk 1:33
8. They will call Him Emmanuel
Isa 7:14
Mt 1:23
9. He will have a forerunner
Isa 40:3-5
Mal 3:1
Mt 3:1-3
Lk 1:76-78;3:3-6
10. He will be born in Bethlehem
Mic 5:2
Mt 2:5-6; Lk 2:4-6
11. Wise men will worship Him
Psa 72:10
Isa 60:3-9
Mt 2:11
12. He will be in Egypt for a time
Num 24:8; Hos 11:1
Mt 2:15
13. They will kill infants at His birthplace
Jer 31:15
Mt 2:17-18
14. He will be called a Nazarene
Isa 11:1
Mt 2:23
15. He will be zealous for the Father
Psa 69:9;119:139
Jn 6:37-40
16. He will be filled with the God’s Spirit
Psa 45:7
Isa 11:2; 61:1-2
Lk 4:18-19
17. He will heal many
Isa 53:4
Mt 8:16-17
18. He will be a light to the Gentiles
Isa 9:1-2;42:1-3
Mt 4:13-16;12:17-21
19. He will speak in parables
Isa 6:9-10
Mt 13:10-15
20. His own will reject Him
Psa 69:8; Isa 53:3
Jn 1:11; 7:5
21. He will enter Jerusalem as king
Zech 9:9
Mt 21:4-5
22. The children will praise Him
Psalm 8:2
Mt 21:16
23. He will be the rejected cornerstone
Psa 118:22-23
Mt 21:42
24. They will not believe His miracles
Isa 53:1
Jn 12:37-38
25. His friend will betray him for 30 pieces of silver
Ps 41:9; 55:12-14
Zech 11:12-13
Mt 26:14-25
26. The silver will buy a field
Jer 18:1-4;19:1-4
Zech 11:12-13
Mt 27:9-10
27. He will be a man of sorrows
Isa 53:3
Mt 26:37-38
28
PROPHECIES FULFILLED BY CHRIST
Prophecy
OT Passage
T Fulfillment
28. His disciples will forsake Him
Zech 13:7
Mt 26:31, 56
29. They will scourge and spit upon Him
Isa 50:6
Mt 26:67; 27:26
30. They will crucify Him between two thieves
Isa 53:12
Mt 27:38
Mk 15:27-28
Lk 22:37
31. They will give Him vinegar to drink
Psa 69:21
Mt 27:34,48
Jn 19:28-30
32. They will pierce His hands and feet
Psa 22:16
Zech 12:10
Mk 15:25
Jn 19:34, 37;
20:25-27
33. They will gamble for His clothes
Psa 22:18
Lk 23:34
Jn 19:23-24
34. His enemies will mock Him
Zsolt 22:7-8
Mt 27:39-44
Mk 15:29-32
35. He will thirst
Zsolt 22:15
Jn 19:28
36. He will commend His Spirit to the Father
Zsolt 31:5
Lk 23:46
37. They will not break His bones
2Móz 12:46
4Móz 9:12
Zsolt 34:20
Jn 19:33-36
38. They will stare at Him at His death
Zak 12:10
Mt 27:36; Jn 19:37
39. They will bury Him with the rich
Ézs 53:9
Mt 27:57-60
40. He will rise from the dead
Psa 16:10
Mt 28:2-7
Mk 16:6
Lk 24:5
Jn 20:9-18
41. He will ascend
Psa 24:7-10
Mk 16:19; Lk 24:51
42. He will be greater High Priest than Aaron
Psa 110:4
Heb 5:4-6,10;7:11-28
43. He will sit at God’s right hand
Psa 110:1
Mt 22:44
Heb 10:12-13
44. He will be a striking scepter
Exo 24:17
Dan 2:44-45
Rev 19:15
45. He will rule over the nations
Psa 2:8
Rev 2:27
Adapted from Willmington’s Book of Bible Lists, pp. 260-263
Matthew
Mark
Luke
John
7. Announcement to the shepherds (unclean and ignorant)
2:8-20
These are unlikely recipients of such a prophecy. They were a despised class of people. But they were
chosen not the priests of the temple. God cares not about outward things, but the heart. The first
evangelists: “They spread the word which…” 2:17 THE Messiah is here, the ruler of Israel is here.
8. Circumcision
2:21
29
9. Parents take him to the temple (Jerusalem)
2:22-38
10. Visit of the magi
2:1-12
Matthew, presenting Jesus as King includes the visit of the Magi, not kings, but important people who
recognize this important event. Magi were probably studiers of the sky. I think this star was a supernatural
phenomenon never before seen, causing these astronomers to seek what important event caused such an
11. Flight to Egypt because of Herod
2:13-18
God provided for the needs of this family through the gifts of the Magi. With these gifts Joseph was able to provide
for all the expenses to Egypt and back. History tells us that Herod was an evil man. He also ordered thousands of the
most prominent Jews to be killed at his death so that there would be no lack of lamenting in the land on his death day.
12. Return to azareth
2:19-23 BIG GAP of Space, How good of a
student was he; was he quiet? The life of the party? Did he have a good memory? Was he attractive? Was
puberty rough? How did he respond when a girl showed interes?
13. Goes to Jerusalem for Passover (age 12)
2:41-51
Jesus always knew who He was, who His father was, and why He had come into this world. His
knowledge of Scripture was phenomenal, Hebrew, Aramaic, Greek, one wonders what His childhood
was like
14. Jesus’ Growth and Development
2:40, 52
Luke, the medical doctor brings insight into his growth. Naturally we would like to know more about
Jesus’ development, but Scripture says little, except that he went through the normal stages of growth and
development.
JESUS PUBLIC MIISTRY: The inauguration
15. John the Baptist’s ministry
3:1-12
1:1-8
3:1-18
THE LIFE AD MIISTRY OF JOH THE BAPTIST
His message
The prophecy: Isa 40:3-5; Malachi 3:1
To the crowds
Mt 3:2-6; Lk
3:3-6
His testimony
To the
Pharisees
Mt. 3:7-10
To the tax
collectors
Lk 3:13
To the soldiers
Lk 3:14
1. I am not the Christ Jn 1:20
2. I am not Elijah Jn 1:21
3. I am a voice crying in the wilderness Jn 1:21
4. I am not worthy to untie His sandals Jn 1:26
5. I am a friend of the Bridegroom Jn 3:29
30
(Isa. 40:3-5
To the
world
Mt 3:7-10
His prophecy
His question about
Jesus
1. The One who God sent speaks the Word of God Jn 3:34,35
2. The One who comes after me will baptize you with fire and with the Holy
Spirit Lk 3:16
Are you really the Messiah? Mt 11:2-6 SEE NOTE: next page
His commendation
by Jesus
There is no greater man than John the Baptist. Mt 11:7-11
His imprisonment
Arrested because he denounced King Herod’s marriage. Lk 3:19,20
His death
Beheaded by Herod because of his daughter’s request led by her mother’s will.
Mk 6:14-29
Adapted from Teaching Visuals in Willmington’s Guide to the Bible, p. 199
“I must decreas, he must increase!
His question: 1. Real Doubts 2. For the sake of John’s Disciples 3. See Next page
31
The question: “John had such convincing evidence that Jesus was the Messiah, that he could hardly doubt now (mother’s
recounting of his birth, Mary’s visit, miracles, healings, dove from heaven, words of God). And if he did doubt, what use to
send to Jesus? A false Messiah would not won that he was an impostor. More probably it was John’s patience that was
failing, not his faith. He wished Jesus to come forward more publicly and decidedly as the Messiah. ‘If Thou do these things,
manifest Thyself to the world.’ To do Messianic works and not claim the position the Messiah seemed to be futile
inconsistency.”1
This is probably why Jesus than explained that John is not like a shaking reed in the wind. He is not a doubting man, maybe
an impatient man at times, as are we all. Even John the Baptist’s plans are not God’s plans. His ways are not God’s ways.
16. Jesus’ baptism
3:13-17
1:9-11
3:21-23
THE BAPTISM OF CHRIST — Why?
The literal meaning: “to dip in or under,” “to immerse”
The T purpose: “to identify” Jesus Christ was identifying himself as the Messiah, Son of God, savior of
the Jewish nation.
THE ECESSARY, RIGHTEOUS IDETIFICATIO
1) With John’s message: Repentance is needed because the Kingdom of Heaven is near. This becomes
Christ’s message, until the Jewish leaders reject the kingdom.
2) With Israel; “I am the king, the Messiah, one prophesied about.”
3) With Sinners; “I am their substitute. I am taking their place.”
17. Jesus’ temptation (Judean wilderness)
4:1-11
1:12-13
4:1-13
THE SATAIC TEMPTATIOS
Genesis 3
The First Adam
Matthew 4
The Second Adam
The Temptation
According to (1Jn 2:16)
Lust of the eyes
“You may eat of any tree”
“You will not die”
“You will be like God”“
1
1. “You may eat, if you want.”
Lust of the flesh
2. “You will not surely die”
The Pride of Life
3. “You will be like God.”
Christ has been tempted in every
Way just like us.
Hebrews 4:15
Alfred Plumber, An Exegetical Commentary on the Gospel According to Matthew (London: Robert Scott, 1928), 27.
32
18.
19.
John’s testimony about himself and Jesus
Jesus is only 30 yrs old at time of ministry—Luke the doctor includes such info
3:23
Calls two of John’s disciples
1:19-34
1:35-42
Jesus calls two disciples of John the Baptist to follow him. 1. Andrew, the other not mentioned, but probably 2. John. He refers to
himself in descriptive terms without mentioning his own name; Jn 20:2 “the other disciple;”
20.
21.
Goes to Galiliee, calls more disciples
1:43-51
3. Simon-“you will be called Cephas, translated “Peter”
4. Phillip
5. Nathanael- in Gospel of John; Bartholomew- in other gospels (John never speaks of Bartholomew)
Goes to Cana, performs first miracle
2:1-11
6 Greek word were used in the NT concerning miracles. So, each word has a distinct usage. The most widely used term was
shmeivon. In the NT shmeivon occurs ten in Matthew, seven in Mark, ten in Luke, 17 in the gospel of John. The
term is used to show the power or meaning behind the miracle. So, the miracle is actually secondary in importance. What is
most important is what that miracle signifies. The term is used to show that God is working through His Son. The miracle is
not as important as the person it points to. These 7 signs of John point to Christ as the Son of God.
JESUS SEVE “SIGS” I THE GOSPEL OF JOH
1. Changing the water into wine. 2:1-11
2. The healing of the officials son in Capernaum. 4:46-54
3. The healing of an invalid at the Pool of Bethesda in Jerusalem. 5:1-18
4. The feeding of the 5000 near the Sea of Galilee. 6:5-14
5. The walking on the water of the Sea of Galilee. 6:16-21
6. The healing of a blind man in Jerusalem. 9:1-7
7. Raising of Lazarus from the dead in Bethany. 11:1-45 7.
By the way. For the most part signs took place in three eras. 1. Moses, when the miraculous signs were given to authenticate
the message and the Messenger. Moses was the designated servant of God. Pharoah needed to heed the message and the
messenger. 2. Elijah and Elisha, again miraculous signs were given to authenticate the message and the messenger. They
were sent by God, and their message was as good as from God’s mouth. 3. Jesus and the apostles, authenticate the message
and the messenger.
A word about wine: Wine was mixed with water. The ratio of water to wine did vary.
Homer- in the Odyssey mentions a ration of 20 parts water to 1 part wine
Pliny- in atural History XIV says 8 parts to 1
Athenaeus- in The Learned Banquet AD 200 says 3 parts to 1
A ration is sometimes given of 1 to 1, but this is spoken of as “strong drink”
People who drank unmixed wines were called “Barbarians”
Plutarch states, “We call a mixture ‘wine,’ although the larger of the component parts is water.”
Distinctions were made in the Old Testament between wine and “strong drink” Numb 6:3; Deut 14:26; 29:6; Judges
13:4,7,14; 1 Sm 1:15; Prov 20:1; 31:4,6
Talmud which contains oral traditions from 200BC to 200AD speaks of the normal mixture for wine is 2 to 1
Finally, do you think Jesus turned water into strong drink, that was strong enough to cause people to go into a drunken
stupper, have immoral behavior. When Scripture elsewhere says not to look upon “strong drink in its fermentation” Prov
20:1 Wine is a mocker. Strong drink is raging, and whosoever is deceived thereby is not wise.
33
Jesus’ Miracles
1
Miracle
Changes water into wine
Place
Cana
Passage
Jn 2:1-11
2
Heals an official’s son
Capernaum
Jn 4:46-54
3
Drives out a demon in the synagogue
Capernaum
4
Heals Peter’s mother-in-law
Capernaum
5
1st miraculous fish catch
Sea of Galilee
Mk 1:21-28
Lk 4:33-37
Mt 8:14-15
Mk 1:29-31
Lk 4:38-39
Lk 5:1-11
6
Heals a leper
Galilee
7
Heals a paralytic
Capernaum
8
Heals and invalid
Jerusalem
9
Heals a withered hand
Galilee
Mt 8:2-4
Mk 1:40-45
Lk 5:12-15
Mt 9:1-8
Mk 2:1-12
Lk 5:17-26
Jn 5:1-15
Mt 12:9-13
Mk 3:1-5
Lk 6:6-11
Mt 8:5-13
Lk 7:1-10
Lk 7:11-17
10 Heals a centurion’s servant
Capernaum
11 Raises a widow’s son
Nain
12 Casts out a spirit of blindness and dumbness
Galilee
13 Stills a storm
Sea of Galilee
14 Drives out a demon
Gadara
15 Heals a bleeding woman
Capernaum
16 Raises Jairus’ daughter
Capernaum
17 Heals two blind men
Capernaum
Mt 12:22-32
Lk 11:14-23
Mt 8:18-27
Mk 4:35-41
Lk 8:22-25
Mt 8:28-34
Mk 5:1-20
Lk 8:26-39
Mt 9:20-22
Mk 5:25-34
Lk 8:43-48
Mt 9:18-26
Mk 5:22-43
Lk 8:41-56
Mt 9:27-31
18 Casts out a spirit of dumbness
Capernaum
Mt 9:32-34
19 Feeds the 5000
Near Bethsaida
Mt 14:13-21
Mk 6:32-44
Lk 9:10-17
Jn 6:1-14
34
Jesus’ Miracles
Miracle
20 Walks on the water
Place
Galilee
Passage
Mt 14:22-33
Mk 6:45-52
Jn 6:15-21
Mt 15:21-28
Mk 7:24-30
Mk 7:31-37
21 Casts out a demon from a girl
Phoenicia
22 Heals a deaf person
Decapolis
23 Feeds the 4000
Decapolis
24 Heals a blind man
Bethsaida
25 Casts a demon out of a boy
Mt. Hermon?
26 Peter finds money in a fish’s mouth
Capernaum
Mt 17:14-21
Mk 9:14-29
Lk 9:37-42
Mt 17:24-27
27 Heals a man born blind
Jerusalem
Jn 9:1-7
28 Heals a woman of an 18 year sickness
Perea ?
Lk 13:10-17
29 Heals a man with dropsy
Perea
Lk 14:1-6
30 Raises Lazarus from the dead
Bethany
Jn 11:1-44
31 Cleanses ten lepers
Samaria
Lk 17:11-19
32 Heals blind Bartimeus
Jericho
33 Curses a fig tree
Jerusalem
34 Heals Malchus’ ear
Jerusalem
Mt 20:29-34
Mk 10:46-52
Lk 18:35-43
Mt 21:18-19
Mk 11:12-14
Lk 22:49-51
35 2nd Miraculous fish catch
Sea of Galilee
Jn 21:1-13
Mt 15:32-38
Mk 8:1-9
Mk 8:22-26
22.
Goes to Capernaum
2:12
Jesus seems to use Capernaum as a center of ministry. Probably because it was a nice size city as well as the home
of some of the disciples (Peter and Andrew Lk 1:21, 29)
JESUS’ PUBLIC MIISTRY: From 1st to 2nd Passover
23.
Goes to Jerusalem for the Passover
2:13
“Jesus gave the greatest proof of His authority by accurately predicting his death and
the time of His bodily resurrection” Ravi Jesus Among Other gods
24.
Cleanses the temple
2:14-25
Jesus Christ must have been to the temple many times
since
turning
12.
But
this
time
he
saw
grievous wrong.
35
They were turning what was holy into sin. The worst perversion of the Holiest thing. He had authority. 2:19
25.
Talks with Nicodemus
(aside)
3:1-3:21
3:2 Came to him at night; Tell me what is previous to Jn 3:16? The discussion of being born-again
26.
Leaves Jerusalem (remains in Judea)
3:22
27.
John’s testimony about Jesus
3:22-36
28.
Leaves Judea, returns to Galilee
29.
John the Baptist’s arrest
30.
Travels through Samaria and ministers
4:4-42
Jesus speaks to the Samaritan woman; the first evangelist was both a woman and a Samaritan.
4:52 “Many of the Samaritans believed in Him because of her testimony,”
Begins his public ministry in Galilee
4:17
1:14-15 4:14-15
4:43-45
31.
4:12
4:1-3
3:19-20
His message: Repent for the kingdom of God is near. Lk. 4:14 He taught in their synagogues and everyone praised him.”
BUT rejected in Nazareth.
32.
Heals a nobleman’s son (Cana)
4:46-54
JESUS’ PUBLIC MIISTRY: From 2nd to 3rd Passover
33.
5:1
Returns to Jerusalem for the Passover
Tension builds as popularity grows
34.
Heals a crippled man
5:2-16
Pharisees question Jesus authority. And his violating of (not the law) but the Pharisees traditions.
35.
Claims equality with God
5:17-47
This “blasphemy” and “working” on the Sabbath both required death by stoning. 5:18, some argue
never claimed to be God. 5 other testimonies, if you reject Christ’s 5:33;
36.
Returns to Galilee
4:14-15
37.
Angers Jews in the synagogue at Nazareth
4:16-30
Claims to be God through His reading of the OT
38.
Goes to Capernaum to teach
4:13-17
1:21-22
4:31-32
39.
Calls disciples
4:18-22
1:16-20
5:1-11
Peter, Andrew, James, John (Calls John, Peter, and Andrew again, this time more formally)
36
40.
Casts out demons
1:23-28
4:33-37
News about him spread across the country. Lk 4:37
41.
Heals Peter’s mother-in-law, others
8:14-17
1:29-34
4:38-41
42.
Begins preaching tour through Galilee
4:23-25
1:35-39
4:42-44
Mark 1:39 “Let us go preach to surrounding countries for this is what I came to do, he had more important plans than
healing merely physical ailments.
43.
“Sermon on the Mount”
5:1-8:1
JESUS MAJOR DISCOURSES
DISCOURSE
PLACE
PURPOSE
PASSAGE
1
The “Isaiah 61: Discourse
2
Sermon on the Mount
On Mt. Tabor? To establish standards of
conduct for Kingdom
Key verse: Mt. 5:20 only Christ’s
citizens
righteousness would do
Mt 5-7
3
Sermon on the Plain
ear Mt.
Tabor?
To establish standards of
conduct for Kingdom
citizens
Lk 6:20-49
4
Judgment and Resurrection
At the temple?
To equate Himself with the Jn 5:19-47
Father as the Source of Life
5
The Bread of Life Discourse
ear the Sea of To equate Himself with the Jn 6:22-71
Galilee
Father as the Bread of Life
6
The Feast of Tabernacles Discourse At the temple
To invite people to accept
the Living Water
Jn 7:1-53
7
The Temple Treasury Discourse
At the temple
To Identify Himself as the
Light and Life of the World
Jn 8:12-59
8
The Good Shepherd Discourse
In Jerusalem
To identify Himself as the
Good Shepherd
Jn 10:1-28
9
The Mount of Olives Discourse
The Mt. of
Olives
To prepare the nation of the Mt 24-25
Great Tribulation
10 The Upper Room Discourse
In the Upper
Room
To prepare the apostles for Jn 14
their continuing ministry
11 The Final Discourse
On the way to
Gethsemane
To prepare the apostles for Jn 15-16
their continuing ministry
In azareth
To identify himself as the
Messiah
Lk 4
MAI TOPICS / COCEPTS I THE SERMO O THE MOUT
1.
Proper attitudes for Kingdom citizens
37
MAI TOPICS / COCEPTS I THE SERMO O THE MOUT
2.
“Salt and earth” / “Light of the world”
3.
Fullfilment of the Law / Christ’s relationship to the Law
4.
Murder / Hate
5.
Adultery / Lust
6.
Divorce / remarriage
7.
Oaths / Simple honesty
8.
Revenge / Kindness
9.
Loving neighbors / enemies
10.
Private versus public display of righteous acts (giving, praying, fasting) for wrong reasons
11.
Treasures on earth / treasure in heaven
12.
Worrying / God’s provision
13.
Judging / Being judged
14.
Prayer / the goodness of God
15.
The narrow gate / the wide gate
16.
Good trees and their fruit / bad trees and their fruit (true believers / false prophets)
17.
Wise builders / Foolish builders
44.
Heals a leper
45.
Returns to Capernaum
46.
Heals a paralytic, forgives his sins
8:1-4
1:40-45
5:12-16
2:1
9:2-9
38
2:2-12
5:17-26
47.
Calls Matthew, eats supper with him
9:9-13
2:13-17
5:27-32
2:18-22
5:33-39
2:23-28
6:1-5
6:6-11
Christ’s authority over man: he chooses
48.
Answers the fasting question
Christ’s authority over human traditions
49.
Picks grain on the Sabbath
12:1-8
Christ’s authority over the Sabbath: He created it
50.
Heals on the Sabbath
12:9-14
3:1-6
51.
Withdraws to the lake, heals many
12:15-21
3:7-12
52.
Goes up a mountain, prays all night
3:13
6:12
JESUS’ MOST SIGIFICAT PRAYERS
Prayer
The Model Prayer
Purpose
Place
On a Mountain
To provide an example of an appropriate
and effective prayer. Expresses appropriate (Sermon on the
attitudes toward God, others, ourselves,
Mount)
regarding faith, fellowship, forgiveness,
thankfulness, repentance
Passage
Mt 6:9-13
The Great High Priestly To petition the Father to greatly work in the At the last supper Jn 17:1-25
lives of all believers, on the basis of Christ
Prayer
(Upper Room
completing the work he was given to do
Discourse)
The Garden Prayers
To spiritually prepare Jesus for taking on
the sin of the world the next day through
perfect submission to the Father’s will
Garden of Geth.
Mt 26:36-36
Mk 14:32-42
Lk 22:41-44
The Calvary Prayers
1) “Forgive them” — concern for others
2) “Why?” — personal despair
3) “I commend My Spirit”— complete trust
On the Cross
Lk 23:34
Mt 27:46
Mk 15:34
Lk 23:46
53.Chooses the twelve apostles, sends them out
10:1-42
3:14-19
6:13-16
1)Simon Peter, 2) Andrew, 3) John, 4) James, 5) Philip, 6) athaniel, 7) Matthew, 8) Thaddeus,
9) James the lesser, 10) Simon the Zealot, 11) Thomas, 12) Judas Iscariot
Jesus spent the whole night in prayer to his father Lk 6:12, Do you make important decisions without consulting
your heavenly father.
39
The miracle
On the Sabbath, Jesus heals a demon possessed man of his deafness and
dumbness.
Previously
healedprobably
and evennot
picked
grainevent,
on theone
Sabbath.
Appears to be similar to sermon
on thehe
mount,
the same
speaks of going up (w/disciples) the other on
54. a“Sermon
Plain”
6:17-49
plain (withon
thethe
crowd),
but Jesus certainly preached similar messages to different crowds,
because the messge he conveys is
not different.
55.
Returns to Capernaum
8:5
7:1
56.
Heals the centurion’s servant
8:6-13
7:2-10
57.
Raises the widow’s son
58.
Responds to John’s questions
59.
Not doubting Christs’ Messiah, but his timing, remember John was in prison certainly hoping
Christ Kingdom would free him from jail
Denounces Chorazin, Bethsaida, Capernaum
11:16-24
60.
Invites the weary to come to Him
61.
Sinful woman anoints Him
7:36-50
62.
Goes through towns and villages of Galilee
8:1-3
63.
Casts out a demon, Pharisees say this is by Satan
7:11-17
11:2-19
7:18-35
11:25-30
12:22-37
3:22-30
11:14-23
THE BLASPHEMY AGAIST THE HOLY SPIRIT — What is it?
The people’s response
1. “All” the people were astonished Mt. 12:23
2. “Could this be the Son of David” –The Messiah Mt. 12:23
40
The Pharisees’
response
Jesus’ response
Conclusion
He is doing this by the power of Satan.
That doesn’t make sense:
1. Division leads to destruction, and unity is necessary for preservation. Satan would not
give power for his own destruction. Mt 12:26 Dr. P.2
2. If I do this by Satan, then how do your people do it? Mt 12:28
3. One who casts out demons must be more powerful than the demon itself. Mt 12:29
But since I do it by the power of God, than the kingdom of Heaven is at hand. Mt 12:28
Attributing what is obviously the Spirit’s work to Satan is unforgivable, God chose it to be.
This was a unique situation relating to signs done through the Spirit by the
person of Jesus Christ, the Son of God to demonstrate who he was, and his
authority to proclaim God’s kingdom. They attributed the work of God to
Satan and by doing so brought eternal judgment upon themselves
This was the turning point of Christ’s ministry. He was preaching the message of Jn. Repent the
kingdom of heaven is at hand. The spiritual leaders of the nation of Israel, acting on behalf of the
nation of Israel rejected Christ’s offer of the kingdom, and therefore it has been delayed. Christ no
longer offers the kingdom.
64.
Warns against seeking signs (the sign of Jonah) 12:38-45
11:24-36
65.
Speaks about his natural / spiritual family
12:46-50
3:31-35
8:19-21
66.
Gets into a boat, teaches with seven parables
13:1-35
4:1-9
8:4-8
What is a parable? It is a literary device, that helps to understand an unknown through the use of the
known. The Kingdom of Heaven is like…” parables tend to communicate one idea, you can not force a
parable beyond its original purpose. Example “outer darkness.” Why did Jesus use them? Mt 13:11 To hide
the secrets of the kingdom of Heaven from the rejectors, who had discounted him as a servant of Beelzebub.
Study the kingdom teaching in this gospel.
THE PARABLES OF JESUS
Parable
2
Occasion
Passage
1
The two houses
Sermon on the Mount
Mt 7:24-27; Lk 6:47-49
2
The old and new
wineskins
Response to fasting question
Mt 9:16-17
3
The four kinds of seed
Sermon on the seashore
Mt 13:5-8; Mk 4:3-8; Lk 8:5-8
4
The wheat and the tares
Pentecost, (Words and Works of Jesus Christ, 206).
41
Mt 13:24-30
Parable
Occasion
Passage
5
The mustard seed
Mt 13:31-32; Mk 4:30-32; Lk 13:1819
6
The yeast
Mt 13:33; Lk 13:20-21
7
The hidden treasure
Only to the disciples
Mt 13:44
8
The pearl of great price
Mt 13:45-46
9
The fishing net
Mt 13:47-50
10
The unforgiving servant
Peter: “How many times
should I forgive?”
Mt 18:23-35
11
The workers in the
vineyard
Peter: “We have left
everything to follow you”
Mt 20:1-16
12
The two sons
Response to the Pharisees’
authority question
Mt 21:28-32
13
The wicked vinegrowers
authority question
Mt 21:33-46; Mk 12:1-12; Lk 20:919
14
The marriage of the
king’s son
self-righteousness
Mt 22:1-14
15
The two servants
Olivet Discourse, Jesus’ return Mt 24:45-51; Lk 12:42-48
16
The 10 virgins
Olivet Discourse, Jesus’ return Mt 25:1-13
17
The talents
Olivet Discourse, Jesus’ return Mt 25:14-30
18
The growing seed
19
The doorkeeper
Olivet Discourse, Jesus’ return Mk 13:34-37
20
The rude children
Pharisees reject John’s
baptism
Lk 7:31-35
21
The two debtors
Response to self-righteous
Pharisee—Simon
Lk 7:41-43
22
The good Samaritan
Lawyer’s question: “Who is
my neighbor”
Lk 10:25-37
42
Mk 4:26-29
Parable
Occasion
Passage
23
The friend at midnight
Disciples ask question about
prayer
Lk 11:5-8
24
The rich fool
Brothers ask Him to divide an
inheritance
Lk 12:16-21
25
The barren fig tree
Told about the execution of
the Galileans
Lk 13:6-9
26
The great supper
Lk 14:15-24
Response to comment about
attendance at the great feast in
God’s kingdom
27
The unfinished tower and Multitudes following Him
the unplanned war
around—cost of discipleship
28
The lost sheep
Pharisees complain about
Jesus’ association with sinners
Mt 18:12-14; Lk 15:4-7
29
The lost coin
Lk 15:8-10
30
The lost son (the prodigal
son)
Lk 15:11-32
31
The dishonest, but wise
manager
Lk 16:1-9
32
The servant’s reward
Disciples ask Jesus to increase
their faith
Lk 17:7-10
33
The unjust judge
Jesus teaches the disciples to
pray without giving up
Lk 18:1-8
34
The Pharisee and the tax
collector
Teaches the self-righteous
Lk 18:9-14
35
The wise and the foolish
stewards
At the house of Zaccheus
Lk 19:1-27
Lk 14:28-33
67.
Goes into a house, explains the parables
13:36-53
4:10-34
8:9-18
68.
Crosses the lake, calms the storm
8:18-27
4:35-41
8:22-25
8:28-34
4:35-41
8:26-40
5:21
8:40
Christ’s power over nature
69.
Heals two demoniacs (Gadara)
Christ’s power over demons
70.
Goes back across the lake
43
71.
Fasting question by John’s disciples
9:14-17
72.
Raises Jairus’ daughter, heals bleeding woman
9:18-26
73.
Heals two blind men, casts out a demon
9:27-34
74.
Goes to azareth, finds unbelief
13:54-58
6:1-6
75.
Goes through towns and villages of Galilee
9:35-38
6:6
76.
Sends out the apostles
10:1-11:1
6:7-13
9:1-6
77.
Herod kills John the Baptist
14:1-12
6:14-29
9:7-9
78.
The apostles return to Jesus
6:30
9:10
79.
Goes to Bethsaida with disciples
14:13
6:31-32
9:10
6:1
80.
Feeds the five thousand
14:14-21
6:33-44
9:11-17
6:2-14
81.
Sends the disciples across the lake
14:22
6:45
6:16-17
82.
Goes to a mountain to pray
14:23
6:46
6:15
83.
Goes to the disciples on the water
14:24-33
6:47-56
6:16-21
84.
Heals in Gennesaret
14:34-36
6:55-56
85.
Goes to Capernaum, “Bread of Life” discourse
6:22-71
86.
Goes throughout Galilee
7:1
44
5:22-43
8:41-56
87.
Disputes with Pharisees (handwashing tradition) 15:1-20
7:1-23
JESUS PUBLIC MIISTRY: 3rd Passover to the Final Week
88.
Goes to region of Tyre and Sidon
15:21
7:24
89.
Casts out demon from Syrophoenician’s daughter
15:22-28
7:25-30
90.
Goes to Decapolis
15:29
7:31
91.
Heals the multitudes, including dumb man
15:30-31
7:32-37
92.
Feeds four thousand
15:32-38
8:1-9
93.
Goes to Magada (Dalmanutha)
15:39
8:10
94.
Repeats “Sign of Jonah” warning to Pharisees
16:1-4
8:11-12
95.
Goes to Bethsaida, warns about leaven of Pharisees
16:4-12
8:13-21
96.
Heals a blind man
97.
Goes to Caesarea Philippi
16:13
8:27
98.
Peter’s confession
16:14-20
8:27-30
9:18-21
99.
Announces his death and resurrection
16:21-22
8:31
9:22-27
8:22-26
JESUS’ MAJOR PREDICTIONS
Prediction
1
His suffering, death, and resurrection
Passage
Mt 16:4,21,17:22-23, 20:17-19 Jn 2:19-22,
3:14,10:11-18
45
JESUS’ MAJOR PREDICTIONS
Prediction
Passage
2
His transfiguration
Mt 16:28; Mk 9:1
3
His betrayal and betrayer
Jn 6:70-71
4
Peter’s Denials
Mk 14:26-31; Jn 13:38
5
His appearance to the disciples in Galilee
Mt 26:31-32
6
Peter’s death
Jn 21:18-19
7
The coming of the Holy Spirit
Jn 7:37-39; 16:5-16
8
The establishment of His church
Mt 16:13-19
9
The rapture
Jn 14:2-3
10
His second coming
Mt 16:27, 26:24
11
The Great Tribulation
Mt 24:3-51
12
The resurrection of the dead
Jn 5:28-29
13
The final judgment
Mt 7:21-23, 12:41-42
14
Future rewards
Mk 10:28-31
100.
Rebukes Peter
16:23-28
8:32-9:1
101.
Goes up high mountain with disciples
17:1
9:2
9:28
102.
Jesus’ transfiguration, explains “Elijah”
17:2-13
9:2-13
9:29-36
103.
Casts out demon after the disciples fail
17:14-21
9:14-29
9:37-43
46
104.
Announces death a second time
17:22-23
105.
Goes to Capernaum, miraculously pays temple tax17:24-27
106.
Teaches about humility, forgiveness, stumbling 18:1-35
107.
His brothers want him to go Jerusalem publicly
108.
Goes toward Jerusalem through Samaria
9:51-56
109.
Warns those who want to follow him
9:57-62
110.
Sends out 72 to minister, they return
10:1-24
111.
Tells parable of the good Samaritan
10:25-37
112.
Goes to Bethany (house of Mary and Martha)
10:38-42
113.
Arrives for the Feast of Tabernacles (Jerusalem)
7:11
114.
Teaches in the temple area
7:12-39
115.
Dispute among the people, religious leaders
7:40-53
116.
Goes to Mount of Olives, returns to temple
8:1-2
117.
Forgives the adulterous woman
8:1-11
118.
Claims to be “the Light” and before Abraham
8:12-59
119.
Heals the man born blind, on the Sabbath
9:1-39
47
9:30-32
9:44-45
9:33-50
9:46-50
7:2-9
7:10
120.
Responds to Pharisees: “I am the good Pastor”
121.
Teaches about prayer
11:1-13
122.
Casts out demon, they say by Satan’s power
11:14-26
123.
Warns of judgment and the sign of Jonah
11:27-36
124.
Confronts the Pharisees
11:37-54
125.
Warns about Pharisees
12:1-12
126.
Warns against poor stewardship
12:13-48
127.
Warns of divisions because of him
12:49-59
128.
Warns of coming judgment
13:1-5
129.
Tells parable of the fig tree
13:6-9
130.
Heals the woman crippled by a demon
13:10-21
131.
Travels toward Jerusalem
13:22
132.
Teaches about salvation
13:23-30
133.
Pharisees warn of Herod’s plan to kill Him
13:31-35
134.
Arrives at the Feast of Dedication
10:22
135.
Answers the question, “Are you the Christ?”
10:23-39
48
9:40-10:21
136.
Goes back to Perea
10:40-42
137.
Hears about Lazarus’ death
11:1-16
138.
Teaches concerning healing on the Sabbath
14:1-6
139.
Tells parable of the great feast
14:7-24
140.
Teaches about the cost of discipleship
14:25-35
141.
Responds to the Pharisees with parables
15:1-32
142.
Teaches the disciples with parables
16:1-31
143.
Teaches disciples about forgiveness, faith
17:1-10
144.
Goes to Bethany, raises Lazarus from the dead
11:17-46
145.
The Jews plot to kill him
11:47-53
146.
Goes to Ephraim
11:54
147.
Goes toward Jerusalem from Galilee, through Samaria
148.
Goes to Perea
19:1-2
10:1
149.
Responds to the Pharisee’s divorce question
19:3-12
10:2-12
150.
Heals ten lepers
17:12-19
151.
Teaches disciples concerning the kingdom
17:20-37
49
17:11
152.
Teaches disciples about prayer
18:1-8
153.
Teaches disciples about true righteousness
18:9-15
154.
Teaches disciples about the faith of children
19:13-15
10:13-16
18:16-17
155.
Speaks to the rich young ruler
19:16-26
10:17-27
18:18-27
156.
Peter asks about reward
19:27-30
10:28-31
18:28-30
157.
Tells parable of the laborers
20:1-6
158.
Goes toward Jerusalem
20:17
10:32
159.
Announces His death a third time
20:18-19
10:33-34
160.
James and John request honor
20:20-28
10:35-45
161.
Heals blind Bartimeus
20:29-34
10:46-52
162.
Zacchaeus believes in Christ
18:31-34
18:35-19:1
19:2-10
Clear simple gospel message.
163.
Tells parable of the good stewards
19:11-28
THE LAST PASSOVER WEEK: Arrival in Jerusalem to the Crucifixion
Saturday
164.
The Jews look for Jesus near the temple
11:55-56
165.
Arrives in Bethany
12:1
50
166.
Mary anoints Jesus
26:6-13
14:3-9
12:2-8
Sunday
167.
Jews come to Bethany to see Him
12:9-11
Monday
168.
Jesus enters Jerusalem as King
169.
The Greeks ask to see Jesus
170.
Returns to Bethany
21:1-11
11:1-10
19:29-44
12:12-19
12:20-36
11:11
12:36
Tuesday
171.
Curses the fig tree
21:18-19
11:12-14
172.
Cleanses the temple
21:12-13
11:15-18
173.
Heals the multitudes
21:14-16
174.
Returns to Bethany
21:17
11:19
19:45-48
Wednesday
175.
The fig tree is withered
21:19-22
11:12-14
176.
Chief priest asks about authority
21:23-37
11:27-33
177.
Tells parable of the two sons
21:38-32
“Harlots and publicans will enter the
kingdom before you”
51
20:1-8
178.
Tells parable of the landowner
21:33-46
12:1-12
179.
Tells parable of the marriage feast
22:1-14
180.
181.
Answers a question about taxes
22:15-22
12:13-17
Herodians and Pharisees “Do we pay
taxes?”
Answers a question about the resurrection
22:23-33
12:18-27
182.
Saducees Pharisees “How about the
Resurrection?”
Answers a question about the law
22:34-40
12:28-34
20:9-19
20:20-26
20:27-40
Greatest Command
183.
Asks a question about the Christ
22:41-46
12:35-37
20:41-44
184.
Pronounces woes upon the Pharisees
23:1-39
12:38-40
20:45-47
185.
Israel’s unbelief
186.
Comments on the widow’s gift
187.
Predicts the temple’s destruction
188.
12:37-50
12:41-44
21:1-4
24:1-2
13:1-2
21:5-6
Olivet Discourse
25:3-46
13:3-37
21:7-38
189.
Plot of the Jews
26:1-5
14:1-2
22:1-2
190.
Judas betrays Him
26:14-16
14:10-11
22:3-6
Thursday
“and Satan entere into Judas—only
Luke points this out
191.
Preparation of the Passover
26:17-19
14:12-16
22:7-13
192.
The Passover meal
26:20
14:17
22:14-18
52
13:1
193.
Washes the disciple’s feet
194.
Judas leaves
26:21-25
195.
Institutes the Lord’s Supper
26:26-29
22:24-27
13:2-17
14:18-21
22:21-23
13:18-32
14:22-25
22:19-20
New Covenat- the Lord’s blood institutes it; Still to Israel; but we are beneficiaries of the blessing promised
Abraham; “I will send a comforter; forgivness of sin
196. Predicts the denial
26:31-35
14:27-31 22:28-38 13:33-38
197.
Upper Room Discourse
14:1-16:33
198.
Prays as Intercessor (High priestly prayer)
17:1-26
199.
Prays in Gethsemene
26:36-46
14:32-42
22:40-46
18:1
Jesus’ arrest
26:47-56
14:43-52
22:47-53
18:2-12
Friday
200.
201. Trial before Annas
Annas and his family were noted for there greed, wealth and power.
18:13-14,19-23
Illegalities in Jesus’ Trials:
1. Criminal Trials not to be held at night (Mishnah: Sanhedrin 4:1)
2. Capital Cases were only to be held in the temple. (Mishnah: Sanhedrin 11:2)
3. All trials were to be held in public, secret trials were forbidden. (Mishnah: Sanhedrin 1:6)
4. A person accused of a capital offense is not to testify against himself. (Mishnah: Sanhedrin 3:3-4)
5. There were no arguments for the defense in this case, which was required. (Mishnah: Sanhedrin 4:1)
6. In capital cases a verdict and judgement cannot be announced on the same day. Allowing time to
consider the decision. (Mishnah: Sanhedrin 4:1)3
JESUS’ SIX TRIALS
Religious Trials
3
Before Annas—Father-in-law of
Jn 18:12-14 (Records Peter’s
Caiaphas, according to the Jewish laws Denial, John is with Jesus)
a High Priest had his position for life,
but Annas was removed from power by
the Romans however he maintained
power through his 5 sons.
The Illegalities of Jesus’ Religious and Civil Trials. Bibliotheca Sacra, Vol 161 Number 643 (July-Sept 2004).
53
Before Caiaphas—Also tried Peter and
John; Acts 4:6. This was at Caiaphas’
house. He tore his clothes (26:65),
which was forbidden of a priest—Lev.
21:10
Mt 26:57-68; Lk 22:66
Before the Sanhedrin-They waited until Mt 26:57-68, Mt 27:1-2
morning for an “official” verdict-legal.
Before Pilate- Lived in Caesarea, but
was in the area for the Passover.
Civil Trials—
Sanhedrin had no legal
Before Herod Antipas (son of Herod the
ability to sentence
Great; he and two brothers had the
someone to death.
responsibility to rule their father’s
territory)—Galilee was Herod’s
jurisdiction; “Exceedingly glad” He
was wanting to see miracles. 23:8
Sent him back to Pilate, “In sending
Jesus back to Pilate herod affirmed
Pilates original declaration of
innocence.” (Pentecost, 473).
54
Jn 18:28-38 “O FAULT” 18:38;
Pilate sends Jesus to Herod.
Lk 23:6-12
They became friends, vs 12; Pilate's
intention was evidently not to pass
Jesus off to Herod and so relieve
himself of his own responsibility but
to secure Herod's counsel in Jesus'
case (cf. vv. 7, 11). “sons of Herod”
“ratted” on Pilate previously.
Jn 18:39-19:6
Before-Pilate part 2
Josephus (Antiquities 18.3.1; cf.
Eusebius’s Histories 2.6). and Philo
record (Leg. to Caius 299–305). Pilate
erected shields in Herod’s former
palace in Jerusalem that had the name
of the emperor. Refusing to hear
Jewish complaints, the “sons of
Herod” (caused the “enemy” status
between Herod and Pilate) appealed
to Tiberius, who ordered Pilate to
remove the shields
A second incident occurred when
Pilate appropriated temple funds in
order to construct a 35-mile (56.3kilometer) aqueduct for Jerusalem
(War 2.9.4; Antiquities 18.3.2).
Again, there was a major protest.
Pilate ordered his soldiers to dress in
tunics and infiltrate the crowds in
disguise. The troops used clubs to
beat offenders. Many Jews were
killed. Josephus records the horror in
Jerusalem.
Pilate wanted to release Jesus 19:12,
“Your no friend to Caesar” Lk
19:12
Pilate on 3 occasions declared Christ
innocent.
Jesus' condemnation was a terrible
travesty of justice. Pilate condemned
an innocent man. This decision
comes across as specially heinous
since he also acquitted a guilty man.
The strong will of the Jewish leaders
overcame the weak resolve of the
Roman official.
Ironically Jesus Barabas, (barabas
means son of the father), was
release whereas Jesus the Son of the
Father was killed in Barabas’ place.
Luke mentions a minor incident that
contributes to this same portrait. In
Luke 13:1 some Jews tell Jesus about
the Galileans whose blood Pilate had
mixed with their sacrifices.4
202.
Trial before Caiaphas
26:57-68
14:53-65 22:54,63-65 18:24
203.
Peter denies Jesus
26:58,69-75
14:54,66-72 22:54-62
204.
Trial before the council
27:1
15:1
22:66-71
205.
Judas commits suicide
27:3-10
206.
Trial before Pilate
27:2,11-14
15:1-5
23:1-5
4
18:15-18,25-27
18:28-38
Elwell, W. A., & Comfort, P. W. (2001). Tyndale Bible dictionary. Tyndale reference library (Page
1043). Wheaton, Ill.: Tyndale House Publishers.
55
207.
Trial before Herod
23:6-12
208.
Trial before Pilate
27:15-26
16:6-15
209.
The soldiers mock Jesus
27:27-30
15:16-19
210.
Carries cross to Golgotha
27:31-32
211.
Arrives at Golgotha
212.
First three hours on the cross
23:13-25
18:39-19:16
15:20-21
23:26-32
19:17
27:33-34
15:22-23
23:33
19:17
27:35-44
15:24-32
23:33-43
19:18-27
JESUS’ LAST WORDS
1
“Father forgive them for they do not know what they are doing.”
Lk 23:34
Talk about focus-Jack Wyrtzen on death bed
2
“I tell you the truth; today you will be with me in paradise.”
Lk 23:43
Forgiveness to the most heinous sinners; deathbed conversion; Ted Bundy
3
“Woman, here is your son”
Jn 19:26-27
Ephesus -7 churches of Revelation
213.
Last three hours on the cross
27:45-50
15:33-37
23:44-46
19:28-30
JESUS’ LAST WORDS
4
“My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?”
Mt 27:46-47
Sin-bearer-God could not look upon the sin he represented
Mk 15:34-46
“This must have been the worst part of the cross for Jesus…never experienced
anything but intimacy with His Father. ow he becomes the focus of Gods wrath.” In
some sense God turned his back on His son who identified with the sins of the World
5
“I am thirsty.”
Jn 19:28
6
“It is finished.”
Jn 19:30
Sins have been paid for past, present, future…but not completely over Heb 9:11-12;15
7
214.
“Father, into your hands I commit my spirit.”
The centurion’s confession
Lk 23:46
27:51-56
56
15:38-41
23:47-49
215.
Soldiers pierce Jesus’ side
216.
Jesus’ burial
19:31-37
27:57-61
15:42-47
23:50-56
19:38-42
Saturday
217. They seal the tomb
keep the tomb full.
27:62-66
Soldiers stationed, could not
Sunday
218.
The women go to the tomb
28:1-8
219.
Peter and John go to the tomb
220.
Jesus appears to Mary Magdalene
221.
Jesus appears to the women
28:9-10
222.
The guards report to the chief priests
28:11-15
223.
Jesus appears on the Emmaus road
224.
Jesus appears to the ten
16:1-8
24:1-11
20:1-2
24:12
20:3-10
16:9-11
16:12-13
20:11-18
24:13-35
24:36-49
20:19-25
CHRIST’S APPEARACES: For forty days until His ascension
225.
Jesus appears to the eleven in a house
20:26-31
226.
Jesus appears to the eleven in Galilee
227.
Jesus appears to the seven at the Sea of Galilee
28:16-20
57
16:14-18
21:1-23
228.
Jesus ascends to heaven
16:19-20
24:50-53
PURPOSE AD COCLUSIO OF THE GOSPEL RECORD
20:30-31, 21:24-25
THE ESSENCE OF THE GOSPEL
1 Now, brothers, I want to remind you of the gospel I preached to you, which you received and on which
you have taken your stand.
2 By this gospel you are saved, if you hold firmly to the word I preached to you. Otherwise, you have
believed in vain.
3 For what I received I passed on to you as of first importance: that Christ died for our sins according to the
Scriptures,
4 that he was buried, that he was raised on the third day according to the Scriptures,
5 and that he appeared to Peter, and then to the Twelve.
6 After that, he appeared to more than five hundred of the brothers at the same time, most of whom are still
living, though some have fallen asleep.
7 Then he appeared to James, then to all the apostles,
8 and last of all he appeared to me also, as to one abnormally born.
(Corinthians 15:1-8 NIV)
Acts 1:1 40 days;
1 Cor 15:3-7
Resurrection of Christ is our certainty, HOPE of our future.
The Resurrection of Christ turned fearful disciples who were scattered at the cross into bold and
outspoken proclaimers of the gospel.
Acts 4:12 “There is no other name given among men whereby we must be saved.”
INTRODUCTION
I. Title
“Acts” found in an intro to the Gospels of Luke (150-80 AD); Maybe better certain acts of certain apostles
since only Peter and Paul are emphasized; Probably even better: “Acts of the Holy Spirit”
II. Writer
Acts is very similar to Luke. Written to the same person as Acts 1:1, with reference to a previous work
1:1, certainly the same writer as the gospel of Luke. Early church fathers accepted Luke and Acts to be
from the pen of Luke. Personally accompanied Paul the apostle (16:10-17; 20:5-15; 21:1-18; 27-28:16)
III. Place in Scripture
Key Word: TRANSITION; It was strategically placed in the cannon between the gospels and
the epistles to serve as a link between Jesus words and works and the apostles
correspondences. It is simply the second volume of Luke. Shows the development of
Christianity from Jerusalem to the uttermost parts of the eathr. Marks the transition of God’s
58
IV. Date and Place of Writing
Obviously since it is a 2nd volume of Luke it must be written after the Gospel of Luke (58-60). The destruction of Jerusalem is
never mentioned so before it (70AD). Paul’s death is not recorded so before (66-68). Before Neronian persecution and Peter’s
death, neither are mentioned (64). Acts closes with Paul in Rome in prison, yet free to preach and teach, he was released
around 62. Probably written shortly thereafter 62-64. Probably written from Rome or Caesarea.
V.
Recipients
Specifically: written to Theophilus (Lover of God)
Generally: intended for a larger audience of Christians
VI. Historical Situation
1. Begins with Christ’s ascension into heaven 1:2; (40 days after his crucifixion; AD 33)
2. The transformation of the apostles from uncertain and fearful followers of Christ to faithful and fearless
proclaimers of Christ’s gospel with the coming Holy Spirit.
VII. Literary Considerations
1. A continued work from the gospel of Luke.
2. Historically detailed.
3. Luke emphasizes the Holy Spirit’s birth (coming on the scene), Christ’s birth, the Churches birth
A. Structure and Style
4. The result of Christ’s command to proclaim the message
5. Includes 6 “progress reports” (6:7, 9:31, 12:24, 16:5, 19:20, 28:31)
6. First chapters focus on Peter’s ministry to the Jews; after this Paul’s ministry to the Gentiles
7. The book is structured geographically as the gospel expanded from Jerusalem, Judea, uttermost(1:8)
B. Theme
The work of the Holy Spirit through the apostles to bring Jews and Gentiles into Christ’s
body, the church
C. Purpose
1. Historical: To provide an inspired record of events to show the spread of the gospel from
Jerworld.
2. To demonstrate the universal nature of God’s program
D. Message
The work of the Holy Spirit, through the apostles to bring Jews and Gentiles into the church
demonstrates the universal need for the gospel and the universal nature of God’s program.
A OVERVIEW OF ACTS
The Witness in Jerusalem
The Witness in
The Witness to the Ends of the
Judea and
Earth
Samaria
59
1:1
2:47 3:1
8:4 8:5
Paul’s Trials and Journey to
Rome
Paul’s Three Missionary
Journeys
The Church Expands to
Antioch
The Church Expands into
Judea and Samaria
The Church Grows in
Jerusalem
Divisions
The Church Begins in
Jerusalem
9:31 9:32 12:25 13:1
21:16 21:17 28:31
Jews
Samaritans
Gentiles
Peter
Philip
Paul
Place
Jerusalem
Judea, Samaria
Syria, Asia Minor, Europe
Time
2 years
(A.D. 33-35)
13 years
(A.D. 35-48)
14 years
(A.D. 48-62)
Topics
SURVEY OF ACTS
I. The witness in Jerusalem (1:1—8:4)
A. The Church begins in Jerusalem (1:1—2:47)
1. Introduction (1:1—5)
1:1 The gospel of Luke recorded the events leading up to the ascension of Christ. “Began” implies more instruction occurred
after his resurrection, and we will see this in a moment. So, this is very much a continuation of previous work. For 40 days
Christ ministered to his apostles and followers, “concerning the kingdom of God. What was one of the reasons that the
gospels were written? To explain why the kingdom was “post-poned.” “Do not leave Jerusalem.” 1:4
2. The wait for the Holy Spirit in Jerusalem (1:6—26)
The Wrong Question: Are you going to restore the kingdom now? 1:6
Answer: You are not permitted to know…The Right Question: What is my task until it comes?
1:8 Structure of the book
1:9 The Ascension
1:18 The “contradiction” Judas’ death Mt. 27:3-10 (Show PP slide from Probe ministries)
1:26 The appointment of Judas replacement (seen the risen Christ, with Christ from the beginning)
THE BAPTISM OF THE HOLY SPIRIT I ACTS
60
Acts 2
Time
Group
Acts 8
Acts 10
Pentecost
(c. 30 AD)
2 years later
(c. 32 AD)
4 years later
(c. 36 AD)
18 years later
(c. 54 AD)
Jews
Samaritans
Gentiles
Disciples of John
the Baptist
Apostles prayed
and laid hands on
them
Peter was
preaching
The laying on of
Paul’s hands
Together in one
Circumstances place (2:1)
Tongues of fire,
Sound of a mighty
wind, Speaking in Signs and wonders Speaking in
tongues
(8:13)
tongues
Signs
Salvation
Acts 19
Already Believed
Already believed
When they
believed
Speaking in
tongues
Immediately after
they believed
3. The coming of the Holy Spirit (2:1—13)
What was the purpose of tongues in this context? To proclaim the gospel message to everyone in every
language. The intended purpose here is different than that in Pauline literature. Always for a sign, but
Paul explains that it is used to communicate messages from God. Two different situations.
4. Peter preaches with the power of the Holy Spirit (2:14—41)
The same disciple who recently denied Christ three times is now preaching with boldness . Historical
Situation: 2. The transformation of the apostles from uncertain and fearful followers of Christ to faithful
and fearless5.proclaimers
gospelthrough
with the
Holy
The enabling
power of the Holy
The growthofofChrist’s
the Church
thecoming
work of
theSpirit.
Holy Spirit
(2:42—47)
2:43 Wonders and signs were regular events in the life of the early church, but notice they were
done by the apostles. 2:45; 4:32 Communism in its purest form occurred here, but evil men…Carl
Marxs beliefs
were not report
unique (2:47)
to him. Although an atheist.
1st Progress
The gospel is the power of salvation, every day believers were being added to their fellowship.
B. The Church grows in Jerusalem (3:1—8:4)
1. The power and message of the Church (3:1—4:31)
Peter healed the lame man from birth (play CD); 3:7-10. “They were amazed” What was the purpose of this
miracle? To authenticate the message and themessanger. The people listened to the message of the messenger.
THE GOSPEL PRESENTED 3:11; READ 4:12 SALVATION IN NO ONE ELSE, no pluralism here.
2. Fellowship and discipline in the Church (4:32—5:11)
4:33 “With great power” The transforming work of HS. Death of Ananias and Saphira
61
Civil
PERSECUTION OF PETER 5:12-6:6 5:12 Many miracles at the “hands of the apostles.”cf 4:23 5:15 Even Peter’s shadow
was healing people, things never before nor ever have after, take place For hundreds of years no miracles took place and now
left and right; a sign to people: listen to these messengers. 5:19 Freed from jail, by an angel; and immediately resume the
gospel, they used all situations to proclaim the gospel. 5:29-30; 5:40, 41. They rejoiced for be beaten for the cause of Christ.
Timeline of the Apostle Paul’s Life
3. The persecution of the Church (5:12—8:4)
2nd Progress Report (6:7)
More believers were added to their fellowship, including priests.
In this next major section of Acts, Luke narrated three significant events in the life and ministry of the early church. These events were the
martyrdom of Stephen, the ministry of Philip, and the conversion of Saul of Tarsus. Luke's presentation of these events was primarily
biographical. In fact, he began his account of each event with the name of its major character (6:8; 8:5; 9:1). (Taken from Dr. Constable’s)
PERSECUTION OF STEPHEN 6:8 Stephen performed miracles, he was chosen by the apostles 6:5 and associated with the apostles.
They accused Stepehen of trumped charges, same accusation they accused Jesus of 6:14; from 6:14-7:53 He gives a HUGE apolegetical
response, recounting the history of the Israelites, and pointing them to Christ as the coming Righteous one. He concludes 7:51, “you
stubborn people” BOLD, by the Spirit. 6:18; 7:55 “full of grace and power”
Saul/Paul stood and watched 7:58; He agreed completely with killing him 8:1; probably initiated it as we find out later
II. The witness in Judea and Samaria (8:5—9:31)
The persecution in Jerusalem pushed the apostles to surrounding areas and cities, God used
persecution to further his message around the world. 8:1
A. Philip’s ministry in Samaria and on the road to Ethiopia (8:5—8:40)
Who were the Samaritans? Half-breeds with the Assyrians when they came and conquered, in what year? 722BC.
They were looked down upon by full-blooded Jews as compromisers. 8:5 Phillip performed miracles, Phillip was
also chosen by the apostles 6:5, and performed miracles, no record of others not closely associated with the
apostles to have received such gifts. 8:6 performed Signs, the word used indicates the miraculous nature of the
sign. This term appears 13 times in acts, only twice more after this. Points to the diminishing of miracles, even
as the church was formed. The purpose of sign gifts? To establish the chruch. The church in Jerusalem is getting
established 1000’s of members and they then continue the message of the gospel around the world. As the need
for miracles ceased so did the gift. We even see this in the ministry of Paul who healed in Ephesus Acts 19:1112; but did not or could not in the case of Epaphroditus Phil 2:27, Timothy 2 Tim 4:20, or himself with his “thorn
B. Paul’s conversion on the Damascus road (9:1—19)
9:2 Was taking prisoners of Christians; 9:9 For three days he could not see; 9:13 Ananias was afraid to be
obedient to God’s call; 9:19 Paul was with the disciples in Damascus for several days; and immediately
began proclaiming Jesus in the synagogues 9:20
Year
Outside Events
5-10
29
28
Events in Paul's Life
Epistles
Written
Bible
Reference
Birth of Paul; Roman Citizen
Schooling in Tarsus
Acts 22:3;
Phil 3:5
Rabbinic student at the school of Gamaliel in
Jerusalem
Acts 22:3
Galilean ministry of Jesus starts
62
30
Crucifixion, Resurrection and
Ascension of Jesus
31 ?
Paul a Pharisee
Phil 3:5
35
Stoning of Stephen
Aretas ruling Damascus
Paul present at the stoning of Stephen
Conversion on road to Damascus
Paul Retires to Arabia
Return to Damascus
Acts 9:20-26
Gal 1:17
2 Cor
11:32,33
Acts 9:20
39
Herod Antipas exiled by Caligula
Visit to Jerusalem
Return to Tarsus
Unrecorded mission to Caesarea and Tarsus
(Syria and Cilicia)
Gal 1:18
Acts 9:26
Acts 9:30
Gal 1:21
44
James is killed by Herrod Agrippa I
Peter’s Imprisonment and escape (in
Jerusalem)
Herrod Agrippa I dies
Paul and Barnabas minister in Antioch
Acts 11:26
Acts 12:2-23
First Journey to Cyprus and Galatia, with
Barnabas
Acts 13,14
46
The Church of Antioch send Paul and
Barnabas to Jerusalem with financial aid
during famine
47-48
48-49
49
Year
Paul and Barnabas return with John Mark
Paul and Barnabas sent out by the church of
Antioch
Herod Agrippa II
(“Herod’sTemple”48-53)
Paul’s 1s Missionary Journey
Seleucia, Cyprus, Perga, Antioch in Pisidia,
Iconium, Lystra, Derbe
Paul and Barnabas report back to the church of
Antioch
Expulsion of Jewish-Christians from
Rome by Claudius
The church of Antioch sends Paul and Barnabas
to Jerusalem
to deal with the issue of circumcision (Council
of Jerusalem)
Paul and Barnabas return to the church of
Antioch
Outside Events
Events in Paul's Life
53-57
Acts 12:25
Galatians
(48-49)
Acts 13:114:28
Acts 14,15
Acts 15:3035
Gal 2:11-14
Epistles
Written
Bible
Reference
Second Journey, with Silas to Europe
Syria, Cilicia, Derbe, Lystra, Phrygia, Galatia,
1 & 2 Thess Acts 15:35Mysia, Troas, Samothracia, Neapolis,
(50)
18:22
Philippi, Thessalonica, Berea, Athens,
Corinth, Ephesus, Caesarea, Jerusalem
50-52
52
Acts 11:29,30
Felix procurator of Judea (52-57)
Paul returns to Antioch, probably reporting the
sequence of events
Acts 18:22
Third Journey
Galatia, Phrygia, Ephesus, Macedonia,
Greece, Philippi, Troas, Assos,
Acts 18:2321:17
63
Mitylene, Chios, Samos, Tragyllium, Miletus,
Coos, Rhodes, Patara, Tyre, Ptolemais,
Caesarea, Jerusalem
Ministry in Ephesus (over two years)
1 & 2 Cor
(55-57)
Acts 19:1-20
57
Second visit to Corinth
Return via Troas and Miletus
Romans
(56-58)
Acts 20; 21:114
58
Arrival in Jerusalem
Arrest and imprisonment at Caesarea
Trial before Felix
54
60
Nero succeeds Claudius
Acts 21:25-36
Acts 22,23
Acts 24
Trial before Festus
Appeal to Caesar
Festus succeeds Felix as procurator of
Appearance before Agrippa
Judea
Departure for Rome
Winter on Malta,arrival at Rome
61-2
Under house arrest in Rome
Acts 25
Acts 26
Acts 27
Acts 28:1-16
Colossian
Ephesians
Philemon
Philippians
62
Albinus succeeds Festus as procurator Release and visit to perhaps Asia, Macedonia,
of Judea
Achaia, Spain
1 Timothy
Titus
64-7
Nero's persecution of Christians in
Rome
2 Timothy
Re-arrest, perhaps in Troas
Imprisonment and execution in Rome
The dating of all events and writings is approximate.
64
C. The opposition to Paul (9:20—31)
Paul’s salvation was a sign. The one who probably was the instigator of Stephens death was now sharing
the life-transforming gospel message. And the disciples of Jerusalem rightly feared. 9:26 Like a
communist converting to democracy in the states Alqaida becoming a bible institute student.
3rd Progress Report (9:31)
The church grows and expands in Judea, Galilee, and Samaria
III. The witness to the ends of the earth (9:32—28:31make change)
A. The church expands to Antioch (9:32—12:24)
1. Peter’s preparation for a universal gospel (9:32—10:48)
Peter Heals a lame man 9:36, a sign of the messenger and the message. The response 9:35, whole towns
turning to the Lord. Peter raised a dead girl 9:40 Many believed 9:42
Peter’s vision (skip); nothing is any longer unclean. 10:44 GENTILES RECEIVE THE HS -sign of what
2. The apostles’ preparation for a universal gospel (11:1—18)
1. The vision, The Baptism of the HS, all people are presented the gospel message. 11:15;
11:17 “who am I to hinder God if he gave them the same gift?”
3. The Antioch church’s preparation for a universal gospel (11:19-20)
11:19 gospel was only proclaimed to Jews, but now to the Greeks as well
4. Further persecution of the Jerusalem church (12:1—25)
12:2 James killed by Herod Agrippa I; Peter arrested 12:3; and miraculously freed 12:7
12:23 The miraculous sign of Herod’s death, he did not point people to God, but accepted blasphemous praise
4th Progress Report (12:24)
Nothing can prevent God’s plan from taking place; “the word of God kept on increasing and
multiplying. The heart of the king is in the Lord’s hands.
B. Paul’s three missionary journeys (13:1—21:16)
1. Paul’s first missionary journey (13:1—14:28)
13:3 Paul and Barnabas were commissioned and sent by the church in Antioch, went synagogue 1st, Follow Paul in Antioch
13:11 Paul blinds a man for his opposition to Paul and Barnabas, a sign of the message and messangers;
13:12 The Roman official or proconsul of this Roman province believed, a Gentile leader.
Quickly moving, he went.. and then… and…(with breaks recording sermons) more of a historical record at this
2. The Jerusalem Council (15:1—35)
15:1 Some were saying you must be circumcised to be saved. 15:2 Church of Antioch sent Paul and Barnabas
15:19
but grace
does not
mean
to sin,
we mustbystill
maintain
highofstandards
before
themany
worldtoday.
15:5 Pharisee
converts
could
notliscense
understand
salvation
faith
alone, not
works, much
like
Peter argues: 15:7 1 God chose the Gentiles; 8, 2. God has given them the HS; 9, 3. God made no distinction
Paul’s
between us and3.them
10,second
4. Wemissionary
are asking journey
them to (15:36—18:22)
do something our ancestors could not, nor could we, by
adherence
to the law.
11, Conclusion:
Salvation
by the
graceways.
of God,
not by took
merits
of men
39 Paul
and Barnabas
disagreed
regarding John
Mark. isThey
parted
Barnabas
John
Mark and Paul Silas
65 of Macdeonia; thrown in jail 16:25; left for Thess 17:1;
16:9 Macedonian call; 16:12 Goes to Phillipi, leading city
Jason taken prisoner and force Paul and Silas to leave 17:9; Traveled on to Berea 17:11 Be like the Bereans; Jews
from Thess came down 17:13 and force Paul to leave once again to Athens this time; In Corinth taken before Gallio
Churches were being strengthened in the faith an were increasing in number each day
4. Paul’s third missionary journey (18:23—21:16)
The 2nd missionary journeys of Paul established churches every where he went, the 3rd journey was
encouraging those pre-established churches.
19:5 They were baptized by the HS
19:12 People were healed by hankerchiefs of Paul.
The word of the Lord continued to grow in power and to prevail
19:19 Books burned about $10,000
The riot in Ephesus, led by Demetrius; 2 hours of great is Artemis 19:34
20:1 After the disturbance Paul left Ephesus
20:23 Paul receives warning from the HS regarding a coming imprisonment and persecution
C. Paul’s trials and journey to Rome (21:17—28:31)
1. Paul preaches in Jerusalem (21:17—23:33)
21:4; 21:11 Many signs pointing to Paul’s future tribulations, but Paul continued on willing to die for the
sake of the gospel 21:13
21:28 They accused Paul of bringing Gentiles into the inner temple courts.
21:40 After being beaten severly and taken Captive, Paul speaks to the rowdy crowd proclaiming the
gospel
22:4 Paul uses his testimony to share the good news.
22:21 What really upset them was that God was working among the Gentiles
23:6 Started an argument between the Pharisees and Saducees about the resurrection, the Pharisees
defended him, for he fell on their side of the debate
23:21 40 Jews Oath bound sought to kill Paul, Paul is snuck out at night to Caesarea to stand before
Felix; 200 soldiers, 70 horsemen, and 200 spearmen accompanied Paul
2. Paul preaches in Caesarea (23:34—24:27)
a. Paul’s trial before Felix (23:34—24:27)
Felix was notorious for corruption and cruelty, Tacitus says, “he loved to be cruel, he used the power of
a king with the mind of a slave.”
24:1 The High Pries with some elders came, and a term used for “profession advocate” before Felix
24:12 Paul gave an able defense for himself, he explains that he has helped fellow Jews with financial
help during famine, 24:17 proving his character; 24:21 He argues that he is a Jew and believes the
prophecies and teachings that all Jews should know, understand, and believer. He cuts to the chase, and
says what I am really on trial for is concerning the resurrection of the dead. 24:21
24:23 He was under arrest with freedom to see friends
66
24:26 Paul did not pay the bribe Felix was hoping for; because he did the right thing he remainded
imprisoned for two years, until Festus came to power.
b. Paul’s trial before Festus (25:1—22)
25:12 Paul knowing his life was in danger, appealed to Caesar
c. Paul’s trial before Agrippa (25:23—26:32)
25:22 King Herod Agrippa II wanted to hear this intriguing case; Paul gives a defense for a third time
26:32 A third man finds Paul guilty of nothing, but because he appealed to Caesar he must go
3. Paul’s journey to Rome (27:1—28:15)
27:22-23 Angel appears to Paul assuring their safe arrival
27:44 Shipwrecked
28: 3 bitten by a viper
28:4-6 a murderer…wait a minute he is a god
4. Paul’s witness in Rome (28:16—31)
28:22-23 They are interested in this new “sect,” Paul presents the gospel to them.
28:30 At the close of the book, Paul is under house arrest free to teach and preach the message of Christ
67
68
PAUL'S EARLY LETTERS
THE BOOK OF JAMES
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
Early church fathers attribute this book to James the half brother of Jesus Gal. 1:19.
James 1:1 James, the servant of God. Must have been familiar to the early church.
James the half-brother of Jesus was the leader of the church in Jerusalem
Must have been a Jew due to many Jewish elusions (1:18; 2:2,21; 3:6; 5:4, 7)
came to believe after Jesus’ resurrection (Mk. 3:21; Jn 7:5; 2 Cor 15:7)
Speaker at the Jerusalem council. Acts 15:13-21
II. Date
Josephus an early historian records the death of James in AD 62.
No mentioning of the Jerusalem council, so probably written before AD 49.
Traditional early date of 44-48 is reasonable.
III. Recipients
Obviously Jewish audience: firstfruits-1:18; synagogue-2:2, our ancestor Abraham-2:21; early/ladder rains5:4,7
Addressed to the 12 tribes scattered among the nations; Jewish believers scattered by persecution
IV. Historical Setting
The stoning of Stephen has taken place AD 35; Persecution is rising.
Earliest epistle, so little doctrine written down
Jewish believers still following the law, whenever they could; Pre-Jerusalem council
V.
Place in the Scriptures
Was accepted as Scripture late, probably due to the OT feel to it, emphasis upon faith lived out.
Martin Luther- Letter of straw, did not understand the correlation between Paul and James
Paul may very well have been explaining a misunderstanding of James writings, 2 kinds of justification
The epistle of James is no more anti-Pauline than is the Sermon on the Mount."
VI. Literary considerations
1. Except for Philemon, it is the least theological book of the NT. 2. Much practical principles. It is similar to the Sermon on the
Mt. Certainly James was present when his half brother preached this message. Show comparisons between James letter and Sermon
on Mt. 3. Many imperatives one for every two verses (108; 1 for every two verses)much like Sermon on Mt. 4. Concerned with
righteous living
69
B. Theme Characteristics of Vital Faith
C. Purpose 1. To give practical admonitions relating to vital faith. 2. To explain how vital faith
should be manifested by one’s actions.
D. Message It is essential that a vital faith be lived out. Vital faith is evidenced by one’s works.
70-a
Topics
2:14-26
3:1-12
3:13-18
Vital Faith is not Evidenced in
Pride but in Humility
Vital Faith is Evidenced by the
Proper us e of the Tongue
Vital Faith is Evidenced by
Works
Vital Faith is not Partial
2:1-13
4:1-17
The Power of Prayer
1:13-18 1:19-27
The Triumph
of Vital Faith
Vital Faith
Patience During Suffering
Passag
1:1-12
e
The Illustration of True
Religion
The Source of Temptations
The Purpose of Trials
Divisions
Trials, Temptations,
and True Religion
Vital Faith is Evidenced by the
Practicing of Wisdom
5:7-12
5:13-20
Faith in the Midst of
Trials
Vain Faith
Suffering
Pure Religion
Valid Faith
Praying for the
Sick
Place
Probably Jerusalem
Time
A.D. 44—48
A OVERVIEW OF JAMES
71
SURVEY OF JAMES
I.
Trials, Temptations, and True Religion (1:1—18)
A. The Purpose of Trials (1:1—12)
1:2-4We should be joyful in the midst of trials knowing that it is God’s means of perfecting us. We
conform more into his image through a proper response to trials.
1:12 The Crown of life is the reward for believers who endure testing
B. The Source of Temptations (1:13—18)
1:13 Temptation is not sourced in God. Some in their strong Calvinistic beliefs almost attribute evil to God, but
this is inaccurate. 1:14,15 Temptation comes from our own sinful nature. The result of pursuing these desires is
sin, and sin leads to death/destruction.
1:17 All good
things
howeverofare
from
God. God
is good, and he does not change.
C. The
Illustration
True
Religion
(1:19-27)
1:19 Pure religion involves: quick to listen, slow to speak, slow to anger
1:20 Pure religion involves doing not merely saying, follow up your words with action. Put into practice what you
preach.
1:27 An example of pure religion is helping the widows and orphans doing that which is good without impure,
II. Vital Faith (2:1-4:17)
A. Vital Faith is not Partial (2:1-13)
2:4 The opposite of pure religion’s example: helping orphans and widows, that which is done without impure motives,
is treating the rich better (letting them sit in places of honor) than the poor out of what they can do for you.
2:5 Yet the poor God has chosen, 2:6 some have dishonored the poor, 2:9 Showing partiality is sin!
B. Vital Faith is Evidenced by Works (2:14-26)
James wrote this section to challenge his readers to examine the vitality of their faith in God. Were they really
putting their faith into practice, applying their beliefs to their behavior? Their preferential treatment of some people
raised this question in James' mind."Not only is the mature Christian patient in testing (James 1), but he also
practices the truth. This is the theme of James 2. Immature people talk about their beliefs, but the mature person
lives his faith.Dead" does not mean non-existent but inactive, dormant, useless (cf. v. 14). This is a
very important point.
2:21 Justified by works, 2 kinds of Justification; Declared righteous in God’s sight, once and for all, justified by
one’s actions.
C. Vital Faith is Evidenced by Proper Use of the Tongue (3:1-12)
3:2 Difficult in control of the tongue
3:3-8 Illustrations of the tongue; 3-bits, 4-rudder, 5-flame; 3:8 No human can control the tongue on their own
3:9-12 Inconsistency of the tongue; Illustration: of corrupt communication: Island food tank, no disposal
72-a
3:14-15LETTERS
Demonic wisdom
PAUL'S EARLY
3:17 Wisdom
from aboveby the Practicing of Wisdom (3:13-18)
D. Vital
Faith is Evidenced
E. Vital Faith is not Evidenced in Pride but in Humility (4:1-17)
4:6 Humility is evidence of vital faith; 4:10 Humble yourselves and God will exalt you
4:7 Submit to God
4:16 All boasting is evil
III. The Triumph of Faith
A. A Warning to the Rich (5:1-6)
5:2 Wealth passes away
5:5 Do not live indulgently and luxuriously, take advantage of others for financial gain
A. Patience During Suffering (5:7-12)
5:7-8 The Lord is returning, be encouraged, but until then continue to persevere.
5:10 Look to the prophets as an example
B. The Power of Prayer (5:13-20)
5:13 Suffering? Pray
5:14 Sick? Pray
5:16 Prayer of Righteous man is powerful
5:17 Elijah example of righteous man
5:19,20 Turning an erring brother back from sin “save a persons soul”
PAUL'S EARLY LETTERS (A.D. 48—57)
INTRODUCTION
I. Books of this period
BOOK
Galatians
MAI
SUBJECT
Salvation through
faith alone
5 MOST IMPORTAT
* There is only one Gospel
* Paul’s message is from God
* No one is justified by the law
* The righteous live by faith
* We reap what we sow
73
AUTHOR /
PLACE
Paul
Antioch
DATE
(of writing, AD)
48-49
BOOK
MAI
SUBJECT
1 Thess.
The hope of Christ’s
return
2 Thess.
The truth about
Christ’s return
1 Cor.
Spiritual and moral
problems in the
church
2 Cor.
Defense of Paul’s
ministry
5 MOST IMPORTAT
AUTHOR /
PLACE
DATE
* The Gospel is a message of joy
* Suffering produces maturity
* God’s will is a holy life
* The Lord’s return gives hope
* God’s wrath is not for believers
* God will judge the wicked
* The day of the Lord is future
* Christ will be victorious
* Stand firm in the truth
* Avoid worldly believers
* Divisions in the Church
* Moral and spiritual problems
* Instruction concerning marriage
* Instruction concerning spiritual gifts
* The Gospel and Resurrection
* Paul’s life has been pure
* Paul has been sent by Christ
* Give generously to God’s work
* Satan appears as an angel of light
* Paul’s vision and affliction
Paul
Corinth
51-52
Paul
Corinth
51-52
Paul
Ephesus
55-56
Paul
Macedonia
56-57
(of writing, AD)
II. Events of this Period
EVET
REFERECE
DATE
Acts 12:25-13:1
47-48
Paul’s 1st missionary journey
Acts 13:1-14:28
48-49
Jerusalem Council
Acts 14:25-28
Acts 15:1-29
49
Acts 15:30-35
49/50
Paul’s 2nd missionary journey
Acts 15:36-18:22
50-52
Paul’s 3rd missionary journey
Acts 18:23-21:17
53-57
PAUL'S LETTER TO THE GALATIAS
INTRODUCTION
74-a
GALATIAS The Era of Christ and the Church
I. Author
Internal and external evidence for Pauline authorship is conclusive. It is universally accepted to be Pauline
even by liberals who attack the Scripture as unauthoritative. Justin Martyr, Polycarp, and others
1:1 Claims to be Paul, theology of Galatians is consistent with Paul’s other writings.
II. Date and place of writing
Where is Galatia? Two meanings: geographical Galatia—North, Roman, Politically designated as Galatia—includes the
south: Lycaonia, Pisidia, and part of Phrygia.
Northern Galatian Theory—on 2nd missionary journey planted churches; forbidden by the HS; no record in the book of Acts
Southern Galatia Theory—written shortly before the Jerusalem council
1. Acts 16:6 and 18:23 offers no support to the theory that Paul made a trip to the northern part of
provincial Galatia. However, it is clear that Paul made a trip to the southern area and planted churches
there not his 1st and 2nd missionary journey.
2. Paul usually referred to provincial titles in his writings (Achaia, Asia, Macedonia) and that was the
appropriate provincial title for the southern area.
3. The influence of the Judaizers was extensive in South Galatia.
It seems likely that Galatians 4:13 refers to the visit described in Acts 14:21, so Paul must have written
before the Jerusalem Council (i.e., before or in 49 A.D.). Furthermore, it is unlikely that Paul would
have confronted Peter after the Jerusalem Council, sense the council made it very clear that the only
condition for salvation is belief or faith.
Assuming the earlier date Paul probably wrote Galatians from Antioch of Syria shortly after his first
missionary journey and before the Jerusalem Council.
III. Recipients
3:1- Galatians; churches of Galatia 1:1; Directly related to date, written to the churches he established in the
province of Galatia during his first missionary journey. The identity of the Judaizers is also important. Their
method included discrediting Paul.The first two chapters of Galatians especially deal with criticisms leveled
against him personally. His critics appear to have been Jews who claimed to be Christians and whowanted
Christians to submit to the authority of the Mosaic Law and its institutions. Theyprobably came from
Jerusalem and evidently had a wide influence (cf. Acts 15).
IV. Historical Setting
A. Paul received a report that there were Jews who were professing faith in Christ and teaching
that it was necessary for Gentiles to observe the Law. Paul was determined to correct this
teaching.
B. The relationship of the Gentiles to the Law was not yet clear to everyone. This was finalized
at the Jerusalem Council within the same year.
V.
Literary considerations
75
A. Structure and style 1. No formal greeting, no commending like all other Pauline epistles,
deeply concerned with the state of the affairs. 2. Some have labeled this an apologetic, because of its
strong defense given. 3. Clearly combats wrong theology.
B. Theme The basis of justification
C. Purpose To prove that God justifies everyone only on the basis of faith in Christ, apart from
keeping of the law.
D. Message God justifies everyone only on the basis of faith in Christ apart from keeping
the Law
76
A OVERVIEW OF GALATIAS
PAUL'S LETTER TO THE GALATIANS
1:1
Topics
1:242:1
2:213:1
3:93:10
Biography
4:74:8
4:204:21 4:315:1
Doctrine
Place
Syrian Antioch
Time
A.D. 48—49
Life through the Spirit
Fulfillment of the Law of
Christ
Application of
"Salvation by Faith"
Freedom in Christ
Argument from history
A personal appeal
Argument from the nature of
the Law
Explanation of
Argument from experience
Defense of Paul's authority
Divisions
Defense of Paul's message
Defense of
5:155:16
5:266:1
6:18
Practice
SURVEY OF GALATIANS
I. Defense of "Salvation by Faith" (1:1—2:21)
A. Defense of Paul's message (1:1—1:24)
Paul is combating these Judaizers who were attacking Paul’s authority and message.
1:1 Not from men, called by God; 1:7 Some outsiders were perverting the gospel; 1:8 they must have claimed
great authority; The message Paul had was from God, he was tutored by Christ in Arabia 1:17
B. Defense of Paul's authority (2:1—2:21)
2:9 Disciples recognized his authority; 2:11,12 confrontation with Peter;
2:16 justification by faith, not works. Strong conclusion:
II. Explanation of "Salvation by Faith" (3:1—4:31)
3:1 Continues the rebuke: Foolish Galatians
A. An argument from experience (3:1—3:9) (positive argument for just. by faith)
Questions: 3:2 Did you receive the Spirit by works or by belief? 3:3 You started by the Spirit but
now you try to finish by human effort. Abraham is an example of belief: so anyone who believes is a
son of Abraham.
77
B. An argument from the nature of the law (3:10—4:7) (neg. argument just.by works)
3:10 No one can keep the law-cursed are you if you try. Dt. 27:26 3:14 Salvation is by faith
3:17 A covenant was previously made with Abraham, the law did not do away with it, still justification by faith,
3:19 Purpose- law was initiated because of transgressions, “to restrain” or “reveal” transgressions. Rom3:2; 4:15; 5:13
3:23 The law served to show man his sinfulness, our tudor, guardian until Christ came; 3:28 Gentiles are heirs 4:4-7
C. A personal appeal (4:8—4:20)
4:9 You were enslaved to former things prior to salvation, do you want to go back to that?
4:16 Why have I become your enemy formerly you accepted me with warmth
4:20 I am perplexed by you
D. An argument from history (4:21—4:31)
He argues that we are children of a free woman, just as Isaac was.
III. Application of "Salvation by Faith" (5:1—6:18)
A. Freedom in Christ (5:1—5:15)
5:1 Do not go back under that yoke of bondage.
5:4 You can not be justified by works in the sight of God. You cannot inherit eternal life by works.
5:6 The only thing that matters is faith
B. Life through the Spirit (5:16—26)
5:16 Live by the Spirit and you will not fulfill your flesh, the law cannot guarantee this. Legalism cannot
guarantee this. We are not simply to do things because of the law, but by the leading of the spirit.
5:18 Being led by the Spirit means you are not under law.
5:21 Will not inherit eternal life, these are characteristics of unbelievers who do not go to Heaven
Not saying that we are incapable of these things Rom 13:13, but not characteristic of us since we have the
Spirit
5:22-23 But the characteristics of believers is: Love Joy, peace,…
C. Fulfillment of the Law of Christ (6:1—6:18)
6:1 It is the responsibility of all believers to confront one another; but be careful lest you fall into the
same temptation.
6:2 Freedom from the law is not freedom from all responsibility in fact we have more, we must carry one
another’s burdens
6:8 Sow to the Spirit, that which is spiritual, that which is eternal, and you reap eternal life.
Eternal life can also refer to the quality of the believer's life that depends on the extent to which he or she
walks with God in fellowship (John 10:10). In this second sense, some believers experience eternal life to
a greater extent than other believers do.
6:10 Do good to all people, especially of the “family of faith”
CLOSING WORDS 11-18
6:12 A reference to the Judaizers again, force you under the law
6:14,15 Our only boasting should be in the cross of Christ, new creation is all that matters
6:18 Grace be with you
78
PAUL’S LETTERS TO THE
THESSALOIAS
INTRODUCTION
I. Author
1:1 Paul, Silas, Timothy
II. Date and place of writing city of Thessalonica was visited by Paul on his 2nd missionary journey,
with Silas and Timothy, just left the prison in Philipi 17:2-10; reasoned in synagogue 3 weeks (3sabbath
days); probably longer 1 Thess. 2:9; Phil. 4:15,16; After leaving Thess to Berea, and then to Athens,
Paul sent Timothy back to Thessalonica (1 Thess 3:1-3).
A. 1 Thessalonians
1. Timothy’s report while concerning Thess. seems to have been written shortly after arriving in Corinth,
18:5 records Timothy’s arrival bringing this report; just a “short-time” of separation 2:17; 3:1,2; 3:6;
2. Written from Corinth-Paul was there 18-20 months (Acts 18:11,18);
3. Paul appeared before Gallio, proconsul in Asia AD 51 (Acts 18:12-17)
So, written around AD 50-51
B. 2 Thessalonians
1. Written shortly after first letter. Content points to this. The topics of the 2nd epistle seem to have grown out
of the situations mentioned in the first epistle.
2. Furthermore, Paul and Silas were together in Corinth, never again recorded (18:5) 1:1
3. Probably the carrier of the first letter returned the news of the current situation in the church
4. Written perhaps within 12 months of the 1st.
III. Recipients
Believers in the church at Thessalonica (Acts 17:1-9)
IV. Historical setting
A. The city of Thessalonica
1.
2.
3.
4.
A very important city for hundreds of years. Founded in 315BC
Capital of the Roman providence of Macedonia
Main Sea-port of Macedonia
On the Egnatian-Way, the Roman highway to the East, to present day Istanbul
79
1 & 2 THESSALOIAS
B. Paul’s visit
1. City of Thessalonica was visited by Paul on his 2nd missionary journey, with Silas and Timothy, just left
the prison in Philipi 17:2-10;
2. First reasoned in synagogue 3 weeks (3sabbath days); probably stayed longer 1 Thess. 2:9; Phil. 4:15,16;
3. After leaving Thess to Berea, and then to Athens, Paul sent Timothy back to Thessalonica (1 Thess 3:1-3).
C.the
Circumstances
4. Due to
content of 1st and 2nd Thess, he must have taught about both Christs’ 1st and 2nd coming
5. Jews, Gentiles, and important citizens trusted in Christ
1. 1 Thessalonians
1. Thessalonians apparently believed that Jesus was about to return momentarily and consequently gave up their jobs
(4:11; 5:14)
2. Some were concerned about their loved ones who had died, before the Lords return, would they participaten the
kingdom (4:13,18)
3. Persecution from Gentiles and Jews was high (2:17-3:10)
4. Some outside the church were still hostile towards Paul 2:1-12
5. Misuse of spiritual gifts in the assembly (4:1-8)
6. Some were returning to former habits involving sexual impurity (5:19-21)
2. 2 Thessalonians
1. Whoever took Paul’s 1st letter apparently reported on the current situation of the church, there was good and
bad news
2. It seems they had been receiving letters and reports that were said to be from Paul, but weren’t
3. These were designed to cause, trouble, division, and fear in the church regarding the Day of the Lord
4. Apparently some thought the day of the Lord has already come, and they would be apart of that dreaded day
2:1-12
5. Apparently some were being lazy, not working, and depending on others to meet their needs 3:6-15
V. Literary considerations
A. 1 Thessalonians
1. Theme The Rapture of the Church
2. Purpose To motivate the believers to live holy lives in light of the Lord’s future return.
3. Message The future return of the Lord should motivate believers to live pure lives on
a daily basis.
80
1 & 2 THESSALOIAS
B. 2 Thessalonians
1. Theme The Churches deliverance from the Day of the Lord
2. Purpose To motivate believers to remain firm in the faith in the midst of persecution
3. Message The encouraging promise of deliverance from the coming Day of the Lord
should motivate believers to remain firm in the faith in the midst of persecution.
81
1 & 2 THESSALOIAS
A OVERVIEW OF THESSALOIAS
PAUL’S FIRST LETTER TO THE THESSALONIANS
1:1
1:10 2:1
3:13 4:1
4:12 4:13
Personal experience
Looking back
Topics
4:18 5:1
Proper conduct until Christ’s
return
The hope of Christ’s return
A life that pleases God
2:16 2:17
Preparation for Christ’s return
Instruction for the future
Good news from Timothy
Paul’s ministry in Thessalonica
Commendation for growth
Divisions
Memories of the past
5:11 5:12
5:28
Practical teaching
Looking forward
Corinth
c. A.D. 51
Place
Time
PAUL’S SECOND LETTER TO THE THESSALONIANS
Topics
Place
Time
Persecution
Prayer
2:12 2:13
The anti-christ
Deliverance
Corinth
c. A.D. 51
82
2:17 3:1
3:5 3:6
Conclusion
Hope for the believer
Events preceding the Day of
the Lord
1:12 2:1
Exhortation to the Church
Warning against idleness
1:10 1:11
Explanation of the
Day of the Lord
Request for prayer
1:1
Prayer for the believers
Prayer and encouragement for
endurance
Divisions
Encouragement during
persecution
3:15 3:16
Disobedience
Discipline
3:18
1 & 2 THESSALOIAS
SURVEY OF 1 THESSALOIAS
I. Memories of the past (1:1—3:13)
A. Commendation for growth (1:1—1:10)
1:3 This church was an encouragement to Paul;
1:7 Their response to persecution served as an example to others; 1:8 They became well-known;
1:10 We will be saved from “the coming wrath”
B. Paul’s ministry in Thessalonica (2:1—2:16)
2:2 What happened in Phillipi, “mistreated;” despite opposition he still proclaimed the gospel of God
The characteristics of a godly leader:
2:4 Defense for his ministry: “approved by God,” “not a people pleaser” “didn’t tickle ears”
2:5 Used understandable language, not HIGH vocab, not concerned with building his own ego
2:8 Invested his life into theirs
2:9 Personal sacrifice: worked night and day
2:10 Blameless conduct: above reproach
2:11,12 Loving care and concern: like a father, exhorted and encouraged
2:13,14 Paul commends this church for their acceptance, and godly example during trials
2:16 God’s wrath is upon those who seek to thwart the message of God.
C. Good news from Timothy (2:17—3:13)
2:17,18 Short time has occurred since I saw you last, I have tried to return but Satan thwarted me.
2:19,20 The church of Corinth was his crown, and joy; we must labor, evangelize, disciple invest our lives
3:1,2 From Corinth he sent Timothy to Thessalonica to encourage them
3:6 Timothy returned with a good report; you continue on in the faith, have not “fallen from grace” like Galatians
3:9 We experience joy, that you continue on.
3:13 The coming of the Lord for with all His saints
II. Instruction for the future (4:1—5:28)
A. A life that pleases God (4:1—4:12)
1. Maintain sexual purity, “you already know this I have told you, but because of it’s vital importance, I will say
it again. -Greeks and Gentiles live unholy lives, sexual promiscuity, sexual sin was common
4:3 Be holy, stay away from sexual immorality; 4:4 control your own bodies; 4:5 not like the Gentiles who are
controlled by lustful passion; 4:7 God called us to purity, 4:8 sexual immorality is rebel. against God’s authority
2. Love the Bretheren
83
1 & 2 THESSALOIAS
B. The hope of Christ’s return (4:13—4:18)
Problem: Thessalonians believers had died, the Christians were concerned that their loved ones would miss out
on this rapture. Maybe even miss out on the Millennial reign of Christ.
4:13 “asleep” a euphemism for death
4:14 Since Jesus died and rose again, we can be confident that he will bring with them those who have died
4:15 “We” who are alive, the return of the Lord is imminent, Paul expected it at any moment
4:16 The dead in Christ will rise first.
4:17 Then we will be caught up with them, and meet the Lord in the air, we will be with the Lord forever
4:18 Be encouraged
1. The passage pictures the Rapture as an imminent event, but it is not if the Tribulation must come first.
2. Christians are not destined to experience the outpouring of God's wrath (1:10; 5:9-10).
3. The prospect of an imminent Rapture is a much greater comfort than knowing you will go through the trib.
4. Fourth, there is no mention of the Tribulation in the passage, “the wrath” but if the rapture occurred after the
tribulation one would expect it to be in this text.
5. The “restrainer” must be removed 2 Thess 2:7
A comfort to the mourner, be encouraged, we will be reunited, they will not miss out on the rapture, they will
not miss out on the millennium, thankfully they will miss out on the tribulation, WE HAVE HOPE.
C. Preparation for Christ’s return (5:1—5:11)
5:1 The day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night. A reference to a future period of time characterized by
God's working in the world in direct, dramatic ways. From the Trib. to the Millennium. Begins with cursings,
and ends with blessing.
5:4 We are not unbelievers therefore we will not be overtaken by that day.
5:6 We must not sleep like the rest but be further the cause of Christ while it is yet day.
5:9 We are not destined to wrath, time of judgment upon the world by God.
5:11 Encourage one another with this.
Your dead friends will not miss the rapture, they will not miss the Millennium but both of you will miss “wrath”
D. Proper conduct until Christ’s return (5:12—5:28)
5:12,13 Proper conduct towards leaders-respect
5:14,15 Proper conduct towards Brethren-care for one another
5:16-24 Proper conduct towards God-sanctification
5:25-28 A final word
TRIBULATION MILLENNIUM
84
1 & 2 THESSALOIAS
THE PRE-TRIBULATIO RAPTURE
A comparison of verses 13-18 with John 14:1-3 shows that they refer to the same event.
JOH 14:1-3
trouble verse 1
believe verse 1
God, me verse 1
told you verse 2
come again verse 3
receive you verse 3
to myself verse 3
be where I am verse 3
1 THESSALOIAS 4:13-18
sorrow verse 13
believe verse 14
Jesus, God verse 14
say to you verse 15
coming of the Lord verse 15
caught up verse 17
to meet the Lord verse 17
ever be with the Lord verse 17
85
1 & 2 THESSALOIAS
SURVEY OF 2 THESSALOIAS
I. Encouragement during persecution (1:1—1:12)
A. Prayer and encouragement for endurance (1:1—1:10)
1:4 Paul commends them and tells them he brags about their conduct to others, they are an example to follow
1:5 They should feel privilege to suffer for Christ’s sake, don’t worry God will repay your affliction, when at the
day of the Lord, at the end of the tribulation, judges the wicked 1:6
B. Prayer for the believers (1:11—1:12)
II. Explanation of the Day of the Lord (2:1—2:17)
2:2 A false report or forged letter had been given that the day of the Lord was come (tribulation), you did not
miss the rapture, they were concerned that the persecution they were experiencing was a part of this. Points to
pre-trib, or else they would be excited the rapture is to come soon.
A. Events preceding the Day of the Lord (2:1—2:12)
1. 2:3 The “rebellion” “apostasy” A “world-wide” abandoning of the worship of God, abandonment of morals
2. 2:3,4 The man of lawlessness is revealed, the anti-christ; This is a person yet to appear who will be
completely lawless and whom God will doom to everlasting destruction. The prophet Daniel spoke of such a
person. He will make a covenant with the Jews but then break it after three and a half years (Dan. 9:27). The
breaking of that covenant seems to be the event that unmasks this individual for who he is, the opponent of
Christ. He will eventually seek to make everyone worship himself and will claim to be God (cf. Rev. 13:5-8)
“Takes the seat”
3. 2:5 The restrainer must be removed, the Holy Spirit indwelling believers- Seems to point to pre-trib rapture
B. Hope for the believer (2:13—2:17)
You are not like those who are perishing, you are to share in the glory of Christ 2:14, not the destruction of
Satan.
Christ has begun a good work in you and will strengthen you until the day of Jesus Christ
III. Exhortation to the Church (3:1—3:18)
A. Request for prayer (3:1—3:5)
B. Warning against idleness (3:6—3:15)
86
1 & 2 THESSALOIAS
C. Conclusion (3:16—3:18)
PAUL’S LETTERS TO THE CORITHIAS
INTRODUCTION
I. Author
1. Claims to be Paul 1:1; 16:21
2. Clement of Rome attributed this book to Paul in his writing as early as AD 95
3. There was complete agreement by the church fathers; 4. Almost universally accepted as Pauline
A. 1 Corinthians
1. Paul visited Corinth on his 2nd Missionary journey, probably AD 51, he stood before Gallio at the Bema, he
was there 1 ½ years Acts 18:1-18
2. Paul says I will stay in Ephesus until Pentecost I Cor.16:8; I will come to you after going into Macedonia
3. He wrote an earlier epistle, not inspired not canonized, but misunderstood 5:9
4. Members of Chloe’s household reported quarrels 1:11; Paul saw the need of a letter 16:17; sent
5. Probably written 55-56 from Ephesus
B. 2 Corinthians
1. 1 Cor. Apparently did not resolve the problem
2. He made a “painful visit” not a part of the Missionary Journey. Possibly because of a certain man 2:5; 7:12
3. He returned to Ephesus.
4. A second letter was written in between these two, “lost letter” follow-up from the journey to Corinth 2:4,5
5. Paul left Ephesus went to Macedonia, Titus’ arrival and report encouraged him 7:7
6. The majority had repented and were following Paul, but a minority were still was apposing Paul, 4th letter
written. 56-57 from Macedonia
III. Recipients 1. The church at Corinth mainly Gentiles 12:2, and lower class believers 1:26, many
not acting like believers
IV. Historical setting
A. The city of Corinth
1. Capital of Achaia. 2. Very important commercial city
3. Many pagan temples, Apollo, Hermes, Apollo Klarios,
87 Hercalese, and Apaprhodite- 1000 prostitutes
Plato refers to a prostitute as “Corinthian girl” A verb was coined from the root word Corinth,
korinthiazomai to refer to fornication. Temples to false Gods were everywhere, Apollo, Hermes, Apollo
1 & 2 CORITHIAS
B. Paul’s visit
1. Paul visited Corinth on his 2nd Missionary journey, probably AD 51, he stood before Gallio at the Bema, he
was there 1 ½ years Acts 18:1-18
2. He met up with Aquilla and Priscilla, he worked as a tent maker 18:2,3
3. Went to the synagogue every Sababath and preached the Gospel 18:5
4. The Jews “apposed” him, and he went next door to a God-fearing Greek 18:6,7
5. The synagogue ruler and all his family became believers 18:8
6. Stayed a 1 ½ years 18:11
7. He was judged before the bema seat of Gallio, and freed 18:12-17 8. Stayed many more days 18:18
C. Circumstances
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1. 1 Corinthians
The church was made up of new converts influenced by their corrupt, immoral society.
They were immature in their thinking and behavior
They were causing divisions, I am of Paul, I am of Apollos, etc 1:11,12
Paul wrote an earlier letter that was not completely understood
A second letter was written- 1Corinthians
2. 2 Corinthians
1.Things were now better after the dreaded trip and the third letter “second lost letter”.
2. A group of false teachers had arisen who were opposing Paul’s leadership, prompting this 4th letter- 2 Cor.
V.
Literary considerations
A. 1 Corinthians
1. Theme Behavior of the local church
2. Purpose
To Correct Problems: Lack of unity 1:10-4:21, lack of church discipline 5:1-13, lawsuits among believers 6:1-8,
sexual immorality 6:9-20
To answer questions: Marriage and divorce 7:1-24, meat offered to idols 8:1-11:1, women in worship 11:288
16, Lord’s supper 11:17-34, spiritual gifts 12:1-14:40, resurrection 15:1-58, financial giving 16:1-4
1 & 2 CORITHIAS
3. Message Correct behavior in the local church is essential for the development and
building up of the body of Christ.
B. 2 Corinthians
1. Theme The nature of Paul’s apostleship and message
11
2. Purpose 1. To demonstrate Paul is a true apostle of Christ. 2. To encourage the
Corinthians to complete the offering that they had promised 8-9
3. Message Paul’s apostolic authority is demonstrated, therefore his message is true and
authoritative.
89
1 & 2 CORITHIAS
A OVERVIEW OF CORITHIAS
PAUL’S FIRST LETTER TO THE CORINTHIANS
Man’s wisdom
God’s wisdom
Topics
6:11 6:12 6:20
Conclusion
Giving to the ministry
The Resurrection
Church life
7:1
8:1
11:2 15:1 16:1 16:5
7:40 11:1 14:40 15:50 16:4 16:24
Sexual immorality
Proper Relationships
Ephesus
c. A.D. 56
Place
Time
Christian liberty and sin
5:13 6:1
Marriage
4:21 5:1
Response to Questions
Instruction concerning
immorality
Instruction concerning lawsuits
1:17 1:18
Response to Disorder
Discipline for immorality
1:1
Cause of divisions
Report of divisions
Divisions
Response to
Division
Doctrinal problems
Practical solutions
PAUL’S SECOND LETTER TO THE CORINTHIANS
Topics
Place
Time
Suffering and comfort
Generosity
Corinth
c. A.D. 51
90
Warnings in light of Paul’s
upcoming visit
8:6 8:7
Paul’s genuine credentials
7:16 8:1
Defense of Paul’s ministry
Paul’s confidence in Christ
Exhortation to holiness
6:10 6:11
Exhortation to the Corinthians
2:13 2:14
Giving to God’s
people
Example of the Macedonians
1:1
Paul’s ministry philosophy
Paul’s change of plans
Divisions
Explanation of Paul’s
ministry
9:15 10:1 10:18 11:1 12:13 12:14 13:14
Authority
1 & 2 CORITHIAS
SURVEY OF 1 CORITHIAS
I. Response to division (1:1—4:21)
A. Report of divisions (1:1—17)
1:2 Call on the Lord to be saved
1:10 Stop these divisions!!! Be of the same mind.
1:11 report by Chloe’s household; 1:12 I am of Paul, Apollos, Cephas, Christ 1:13 Christ is not divided
B. Cause of divisions (1:18—4:21)
1:18 The message of the cross is what saves, it is the power of salvation, not our persuasive speech. Emily- HFTH, led to
the Lord 1:22 Jews demand a sign, Greeks ask for wisdom, but our message is neither it is the cross of Christ 2:1 Paul’s
message was not eloquent; 2:4 Not using persuasive words of his own, but it was the Spirits work that transformed their
lives; 1:31 Let no one boast but In the Lord; 2:5 So faith would be base on the power of God not human wisdom
2:6,7 We do speak of wisdom, but not earthly wisdom, but wisdom from above
2:9 Encouraging verse
2:11 The Spirit of God knows the things of God; we have the Spirit of God within us
2:14 The unbeliever does not have the Spirit of God, and do not have access to the wisdom of God
2:16 We have the mind of Christ
II. Response to disorder (5:1—6:20)
A. Discipline for immorality (5:1—13)
5:1 A member of the church was living with his father’s wife, kissing cousins.
5:2 They did not follow church discipline, Paul rebuke’s their prideful spirit, because of their position in Christ
sexual morality was not important. Because the church did not act Paul with his apostolic authority makes a
judgment to send this man out of the church, and release him to Satan for the destruction of the flesh 5:5. This
phrase seems to point to death, just as Ananias and Saphira were judged for their abhorrent behavior, this man
would be an example to this church that sexual immorality is not to be tolerated. By turning Him over to Satan
Paul in His authority speaks of this man not being protected by God and therefore Satan can have at him.
Probably it saved him from a worse verdict when Christ would evaluate his stewardship of his life at the
judgment seat.
Evidentlyconcerning
Paul regarded
it better
for this sinning Christian, as well as best
B. Instruction
lawsuits
(6:1—11)
for the church, that he die prematurely, assuming that he would not repent, than that he go on living. Perhaps
Christians were taking other Christians within the same assembly to court. Lawsuit happy society. McDonalds,
Paul had reason to believe he would not turn from his sin but only worsen. Cathedral of hope gaychurch.org
coffe, French fries lawsuits. The Bema seat for judgement.
Do we practice church discipline in the same way today?
No, Gal. 6:1; Matthew 18:15-17is a better paradigm
6:1 Paul asks the question why do you take this before91
the unrighteous, do you think you will receive justice.
6:2 We will judge this world. We will judge the angels 6:3; Jude 1:6; If we have this high responsibility, certainly
1 & 2 CORITHIAS
C. Instruction concerning immorality (6:12—20)
All things are lawful-seems to be the theme phrase of the Corinthians, they were saying my salvation is secure,
therefore I can live any way that I want, but Paul explains, your right all things are lawful, but qualifies that
statement by saying, we live under liberty, but liberty involves the higher principle of loving ones neighbor and
loving oneself. Paul explains we are not to do anything that puts us under bondage.
"Freedom is not to be for self but for others. The real question is not whether an action is 'lawful' or 'right' or
even 'all right,' but whether it is good, whether it benefits. . . . Truly Christian conduct is not predicated on
whether I have the right to do something, but whether my conduct is helpful to those about me
6:15, 19-20
III. Response to questions (7:1—16:24)
A. Marriage (7:1—40)
7:1 A verse misinterpreted many times, this is not physical touch. Sexual relations.
7:3,4 Husbands and wives are not to deprive each other of sexual intimacy.
7:5 Except fot fast and pray so they are not tempted.
7:8 Stay unmarried
7:9 Better to marry then burn- sexual passion
7:10, 11- For believers no divorce statements, no exceptions given, betrothal period—adultery; Matt 19:4-6
7:13, 14 Stay with unbelieving mates
7:17, 24 Stay in the state you are, and be content
7:28 It is not sin- seems to contradict 7:11 Let her remain unmarried. Verse 26 is the key “present distress”
7:32, 33, 34 If you are unmarried you can care for the lord only, not the world and a wife/husband.
7:35 Attend upon the Lord without distraction
B. Christian liberty and sin (8:1—11:1)
8:4 An idol is nothing therefore eating meat is not a problem. 8:7 But to new Christians eating that which is
offered to idols may be still an act of worship. KEY VERSE 8:9 Become a hindrance.
8:11-13 Law of Liberty is to keep the best interests of others in mind always.
11:23 All things are lawful but not all are profitable
11:29 Be careful not to make judgmental decisions relating to issues of conscience.
9:19-22 Be all things to all people to win some—Hudson Taylor
10:2 Baptism What kind of?
10:13 Encouraging verse—NO TEMPTATION
C. Church life (11:2—14:40)
11:2 We see the leadership in the home. There is even headship in the deity.
11:3 Head used metaphorically, 11:4 Head physical, 11:5 Head used physically and metaphorically,
Such an act was an act of rebellion against her husband or father, God has ordained leadership in the home. Why
not wear head coverings today? We must understand 92
the culture in which this was written. Women did not go
outside without their head covered, to do so was to rebel against male leadership. In a society that involved head
1 & 2 CORITHIAS
D. The Resurrection (15:1—50)
15:3,4 Clear content of the gospel
15:12 If Christ rose from the dead how can you say there is no resurrection. 15:14 Without the resurrection our
preaching is worthless, it is the basis upon which we can be confident in our resurrection.
15:19 We are the most pittied
15:42-44 Contrast of death and resurrection bodies
15:52 The Ressurrection, the rapture
15:55 Death has no victory over us
15:57 Thanks be to God which giveth us the vicrtory through Jesus Christ
E. Giving to the ministry (16:1—4)
F. Conclusion (16:5—24)
93
1 & 2 CORITHIAS
SURVEY OF 2 CORITHIAS
1. 1 Cor. Apparently did not resolve the problem
2. He made a “painful visit” not a part of the Missionary Journey. Possibly because of a certain man 2:5;
7:12 3. He returned to Ephesus.
4. A second letter was written in between these two, “lost letter” follow-up from the journey to Corinth
2:4,5 5. Paul left Ephesus went to Macedonia, Titus’ arrival and report encouraged him 7:7
6. The majority had repented and were following Paul, but a minority were still was apposing Paul, 4th
letter written. 56-57 from Macedonia
I. Explanation of Paul’s ministry (1:1—7:16)
A. Paul’s change of plans (1:1—2:13)
1:12 Paul maintained a good testimony before them.
1:16 Paul intended to go from Ephesus to Corinth and then to Macedonia and back to Corinth. 1 Cor 16:2-8
records a project itinerary of: Ephesus, Macedonia, Corinth, writing from Macedonia.
Some were using this to say Paul did not follow through with his words and therefore cannot be trusted.
1:18 But Paul explains that we can only make plans to a certain degree, ultimately God allows us to do, or
changes our plans, but this does not mean I made plans out of my sinful flesh. A possible argument of his
opponents.
2:3 Determined: a word that emphasizes certainty, he is not a vacillator, not to make another painful trip.
2:4 Followed by a letter with many tears. 2:6 It appears that an individual was the source of grief and
tears, Paul commends the church for disciplining this one, he appears to have repented and was
therefore to be forgiven and comforted. He saw his error to not remind Him of it.
B. Paul’s ministry philosophy (2:14—6:10)
2:17 we do not preach for profit like others, 3:1 I don’t need a letter of recommendation, I lived before you
3:7-18 Defends his message by explaining how much greater the new law is to the old law.
4:5 My message is Christ, not ourselves. 5:11, 20-21 We have a ministry of reconciliation; ambassador; 6:2 Today
is the dayC.
of Exhortation
Salvation
to holiness (6:11—7:16)
6:14 Do not be married to unbelievers, beliar-Satan, and Christ
6:17 We are to be separate, holy, sanctified
7:7 Paul is encouraged regarding their change for the better, a father figure seeing his children walk in truth
II. Giving to God’s people (8:1—9:15)
A. Example of the Macedonians (8:1—6)
94
1 & 2 CORITHIAS
B. Exhortation to the Corinthians (8:7—9:15)
8:10 Finish what you started; 9:4 Make us proud by doing what you said you would.
9:6,7 Sow sparingly … reap sparingly, give out of a cheerful heart
III. Defense of Paul’s ministry (10:1—13:14)
A. Paul’s confidence in Christ (10:1—18)
10:3-5 Our weapons are not carnal but spiritual, and powerful, to the breaking down of strong holds.
10:16 We do not boast about the past, we look to the future, and we boast in the Lord 17
B. Paul’s genuine credentials (11:1—12:13)
11:3 These false teacher’s were not just calling Paul’s authority into question, but they were leading believers astray
11:4 You tolerated these false teachers, therefore listen to me, the churches founding father, and your spiritual father
11:5 “super-apostles” probably an ironic statement to these combatants who must have called themselves apostles
11:6 Even if I was not as good of a speaker, I certainly am great in knowledge, where was Paul trained—Arabia, by
who? He certainly exemplified his knowledge in his disortations to the Corinthians in times past.
11:9 I was not a burden on your church, other churches supported my needs.
11:13-15 Paul did not want the Corinthians to associate him with these people because they were counterfeit
ambassadors of Christ. It is for this reason that their accusations concerned Paul. They were self-servers who were
the true sons of their father Satan, the consummate hypocrite
WE ARE NOT TO BE TOLERANT PEOPLE, tolerance is a big word thrown around these days.
11:22-27 Paul’s defense of himself and opposition to these “super-apostles” through his testimony, life-experiences.
12:3- Paul was reluctant to share these experiences, but chose to do so to combat these false teachers.
12:7 In the presence of God, content of what he saw and heard we don’t know, and to prevent from being too proud
God gave him a thorn In the flesh to prevent from becoming prideful. 12:8 Could not loose this thorn.
12:9 God wants the glory; 12:12 I performed apostolic signs and wonders
C. Warnings in light of Paul’s upcoming visit (12:14—13:14)
13:1 Third time I am coming, established church 18:1, sorrowful visit, and now this one.
13:5 In light of his coming, and potential judgment over them, he tells them to examine themselves to determine
if they are walking in the faith. Are they continuing on with sanctification.
13:10 When I arrive I do not want to have to make a harsh judgment with my apostolic aurthority. It is for
building up not tearing down.
13:13 Read as a conclusion.
95
96
PAUL'S LATER LETTERS
THEOLOGICAL SUMMARY
PAUL’S EARLY LETTERS
I. God
A. The Trinity
1. The Son, Jesus Christ
a. Christ’s death
b. Christ’s resurrection
c. Christ’s return
2. The Holy Spirit
a. The fruit of the Spirit
b. Spiritual gifts
c. Life by the Spirit
97
B. God’s program
1. In relation to the Gentiles
2. The purpose of the Law
C. God’s judgment
II. Man
A. Salvation
1. The basis of salvation
2. The relationship between faith and works
B. Sanctification / personal holiness
C. Freedom in Christ
D. Suffering
98
III. Angels / Satan
IV. The universal Church and the local church
A. Discipline
B. Order
C. Worship
D. The Lord’s table
E. Giving
V. Future Events/People
A. The judgment seat of Christ
B. The rapture of the church
C. The resurrection of the dead
99
D. The Great Tribulation
E. The antichrist
F. The second coming of Christ
PAUL'S LATER LETTERS (A.D. 57—67)
INTRODUCTION
I. Books of this period
BOOK
MAI
SUBJECT
5 MOST IMPORTAT
A righteousness from * No one is righteous before God
God
* Justification is by faith alone
* Sin will always be a struggle
* National Israel has a future
* Righteousness is also practical
Ephesians* Christ as Lord over * We have all spiritual blessings in Christ
His Church
* We have been sealed by the Holy Spirit
* Salvation is by grace through faith
* Jews and Gentiles are one in Christ
* Our life should reflect our position
Philippians* Christ as Lord over all * Redemption is through Christ’s blood
* Christ is the creator and sustainer of all
* Christ is fully God
* Believers are created in Christ’s image
* Put off the old self, put on the new self
* Love is a source of joy for others
Love
and
forgiveness
Colossians*
* Love is the basis for handling problems
* Love is the basis for strong relationships
* Love is the basis for forgiveness
* Forgiveness is the basis for restoration
Romans
100
DATE
(of writing, AD)
56-58
60-61
60-61
60-61
MAI
SUBJECT
BOOK
5 MOST IMPORTAT
EVET
DATE
(of writing, AD)
BOOKS
REFERECE
DATE
Romans
Acts 18:23-21:17
53-57
Acts 21:27-36
57
Acts 23:22-26:32
57-59
Acts 27:1-16
59-60
Acts 27:17-31
60-62
Phil. 1:23-26; 2:23-24;
Philemon 22
62-63
Rom. 15:24
63-64
Titus 1:5
64-65
1 Timothy
1 Tim. 1:3
65
Titus
1 Tim. 3:14
65 (?)
Titus 3:12
65-66
Paul travels to Miletus
2 Tim. 4:20
65-66
Paul travels to Troas (and Corinth?)
2 Tim. 4:13
65-66
2 Tim. 4:6-13
66-67
2 Tim. 4:6
67
Paul's 3rd missionary journey
Paul's arrest in Jerusalem
Paul's imprisonment in Caesarea
Paul's journey to Rome
Paul's first Roman imprisonment
Ephesians, Colossians,
Philippians Philemon
Paul's release from prison
Paul travels to Spain (?)
Paul travels to Crete, where Titus remains
Paul travels to Macedonia; Timothy goes to Ephesus
Paul travels to Ephesus
Paul travels to Nicopolis
Paul's final Roman imprisonment
2 Timothy
Paul's execution (under Nero)
Philemon*
Joy in Christ
* Fellowship in the Gospel brings joy
* True joy is independent of circumstances
* Christ humbled himself to die
* God exalted Christ to the highest place
* We should rejoice in every circumstance
61-62
THE BOOK OF ROMAS
INTRODUCTION
Slide A,B The influence of the book of Romans on the church was tremendous. Unknown millions
have been impacted by the marvelous content. Many have come to Christ through merely reading its
pages.
Augustine- Augustine’s Confession- Book of Romans, 177-178.
101
Martin Luther- This letter is truly the most important piece in the New Testament. It is purest Gospel. It
is well worth a Christian's while not only to memorize it word for word but also to occupy himself with
it daily, as though it were the daily bread of the soul. It is impossible to read or to meditate on this letter
too much or too well. The more one deals with it, the more precious it becomes and the better it tastes.
Slide C
This time is characterised by Luther's grappling with religious understanding. His decisive religious enlightenment
came during his intensive study of the Letter to the Romans during which time he realized that people receive
justice through the grace of God, not through good works. "The just person lives by faith." All at once I felt that I
had been born again and entered into paradise
itself through open gates. Immediately I saw the whole of Scripture in a different light.
John Wesley- At a reading of the preface of Luther’s epistle to the Romans. “While he was describing
the change which God works in the heart through faith in Christ, I felt my heart strangely warmed. I felt
I did trust in Christ, Christ alone, for salvation; and an assurance was given me, that He had taken away
my sins, even mine, and save me from the law of sin and death.” John Wesley Journal for May 24th,
1738
I. Author SLIDE 1
Not only does the letter claim to be written by Paul (1:1), but it develops many of the same ideas
and uses the same terminology that appear in Paul's earlier writings (e.g., Gal. 215-Justification
by faith; 1 Cor. 1224-26 fair treatement of others; 2 Cor. 8-9; giving to the work elsewhere).
II. Date and Place of Writing SLIDE 2,3,4
From Corinth, during Paul's 3rd missionary journey (Acts 20:1-3), when Paul
was traveling to Jerusalem (cf. Rom. 15:23-29).
cf. Rom. 1:24-32; these were the moral conditions in Corinth!
III. Recipients: SLIDE 5 1:7 The Church at Rome, made up of primarily Gentiles, but their were some
Jews too.
IV. The Mystery of the Roman Church’s Inception SLIDE 6-8
We know very little about the founding of the church in Rome. According to
Ambrosiaster, a church father who lived in the fourth century, an apostle did not found
it (thus discrediting the Roman Catholic claim that Peter founded the church).
A.
1. Paul doesn’t build on others foundations. Rom. 15:20-21 2. If Peter was the first
bishop, then why . . . didn't Paul greet him or say anything about him in this
letter?
B.
A group of Jewish Christians did. It is possible that these Jews became believers in
Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost (Acts 2:5-12) or at some other time quite early in
the church's history.
102
By the time Paul wrote Romans the church in Rome was famous throughout the
its faith
(1:18).
PAUL'SRoman
LATEREmpire
LETTERS
The
Era of Christ and the Church
for
C.
V.
Literary Considerations SLIDES 9-11
1. 53 quotations compared to 41 in all of the other letters written by Paul
2. Dialogue, Paul seems to answer potential arising questions
3. Use of emotion, intense and personal at times (Rom9:1-3; 10:1)
B. Theme The Gospel, clear and simple SLIDE 12
C. Purposes SLIDE 13-15
1. Missionary Purpose: To gain support from the church for
his mission to Spain.
2. Apologetic Purpose: To develop a defense for the gospel,
which was under attack.
3. Pastor Purpose: To deal with problems within the church.
D. Message SLIDE 16 The Gospel of God is the power of salvation, saving everyone who
believes, whether Jew or Gentile.
AN OVERVIEW OF ROMANS SLIDE 17
Divisions
Introduction
Condemnation
Justification /
Sanctification
1:1
1:18
3:21
1:17
The gospel of
God revealed
3:20
The wrath of
God revealed
8:39
The righteousness of God
revealed
103
Restoration
9:1
Application
11:36 12:1
The wisdom of
God revealed
16:27
The will of
God revealed
Why is the
gospel
important?
Theme
Is the whole
world really
lost?
How does God
save sinners?
Place
Corinth
Date
Spring, A.D. 57
Why has God
set aside
Israel?
What should
the believer's
life be like?
Survey of Romans
I.
Introduction 1:1-17 SLIDE 1a, 1b
1:8 They made a name for themselves.
1:10 Paul has not visited them personally.
1:11 Impart spiritual gifts, laying on of hands by the apostles.
Theme: SLIDE 2 Rom 1:16,17 “For I am not ashamed of the gospel
of Christ; for it is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth; to the Jew
first, and also to the Greek. For therin is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to
faith: as it is written, The just shall live by faith.”
1:17 The Gospel is the power to salvation, not our words, not our logic or argumentation
1:18 This book we will see the balance between the free will and sovereignty, but Paul
begins speaking of belief.
II. Condemnation 1:18-3:20 SLIDE 3,4
*The key question: Is the whole world really lost?
Paul’s Answer: All people are condemned
A. Pagans are condemned 1:18-2:16
Why are the pagan’s condemned? SLIDE 5
1. Natural Revelation (1:19-21)
-They know the truth, yet suppress it (18)
1:19-20 God has made it clear to them, although he is not seen, his known through his
creation.
Illustration: Why is camping ministries so effect? Takes people out of city and see,
notice creation.
Illustration: The reason I love to fly on planes, you see the skies, the land, you can’t help
but rrecognize a marvelous creator.
Illustration: How does something come out of nothing? Intelligent design requires an
intelligent creator.
Illustration: Microbiologests rarely are atheists, maybe agnostic, but they know that
creation cannot come out of nothing. All people know, yet they suppress the truth, they
do not want to be held accountable.
104
Anthony FlewPAUL'S LATER LETTERS The Era of Christ and the Church
Antony Flew and Gary Habermas met in February 1985 in Dallas, Texas. The occasion was a series of
debates between atheists and theists, featuring many influential philosophers, scientists, and other
scholars. (1)
A short time later, in May 1985, Flew and Habermas debated at Liberty University before a large
audience. The topic that night was the resurrection of Jesus. (2) Although Flew was arguably the world’s
foremost philosophical atheist, he had intriguingly also earned the distinction of being one of the chief
philosophical commentators on the topic of miracles. (3) Habermas specialized on the subject of Jesus’
resurrection. (4) Thus, the ensuing dialogue on the historical evidence for the central Christian claim was
a natural outgrowth of their research.
Over the next twenty years, Flew and Habermas developed a friendship, writing dozens of letters, talking
often, and dialoguing twice more on the resurrection. In April 2000 they participated in a live debate on
the Inspiration Television Network, moderated by John Ankerberg. (5) In January 2003 they again
dialogued on the resurrection at California Polytechnic State University–San Luis Obispo. (6)
During a couple telephone discussions shortly after their last dialogue, Flew explained to Habermas that
he was considering becoming a theist. While Flew did not change his position at that time, he concluded
that certain philosophical and scientific considerations were causing him to do some serious rethinking.
He characterized his position as that of atheism standing in tension with several huge question marks.
Then, a year later, in January 2004, Flew informed Habermas that he had indeed become a theist. While
still rejecting the concept of special revelation, whether Christian, Jewish or Islamic, nonetheless he had
concluded that theism was true. In Flew’s words, he simply “had to go where the evidence leads.” (7)
, John Dawkins
2. Conscience (2:1-16)
-2:14-16, he knows in his heart what is right, but still refuses to
obey! (v. 1-2)
My study on the conscience. Every individual has a conscience. Where is the conscience
located? What does the Bible say about the conscience?
Slide 6 The result: "God gave them up" 3 times: (24,26,28)
If you believe the Bible to be true, then homosexuality is a perversion of
God’s original plan, it is a result of man’s hardness of heart and depravity.
B. Jews are condemned 2:17-3:8 Slide 7
The Jew claimed for three reasons that he is not condemned:
1. He obeys the Law
2. He has been circumcised
3. He is a Jew
105
Paul’s Answer Slide 8
1. The Law cannot save (v. 17-24)
2:23 They do not obey the law, yet they instruct others to do so.
2:24 They blaspheme the name of God among the Gentiles
2. Circumcision cannot save (v. 25-29)
-2:29 Circumcision of the heart is far more important
-Paul in Ephesians develops this teaching as well “circumcision not by hands”
3. His Jewish heritage cannot save (v. 28-29)
Paul answers the surfacing question: Than what good is it to be a Jew?
3:2 Answer: You were entrusted with the truth, “the oracles of God.”
Slide 9 Some in the church today have the same responses as the Jews
1. I obey the law - I am a good person, and obey the 10 commandments
2. I am circumcised – I was baptized
3. I am a son of Abraham – My family is Christian, my grandfather was a pastor
C. The Whole World is Condemned (3:9-20) Slide 10
Read 9-18
Conclusion:
1. Creation and Conscience condemn the Gentile/Pagan
2. The Law Condemns the Jew
An Explanation of Depravity: Slide 11 Our sinful nature is such that we
are incapable of doing anything on our own to please God, we can do
nothing worthy of salvation. Our natures are sinful and apart from the
drawing work of God we are incapable of seeking Him.
Does not mean: We are so steaped in sin that God must regenerate our heart before we
believe, it does require the Lord’s intervention, the Holy Spirits conviction and direction.
III. Justification 3:21-5:21
Illustration: Courtroom, show the movie clip Few good men. Introduce it by saying
justify is a legal term.
A. The description of justification by faith 3:21-31
1. Definition of Justification: A once and for all action, in which God
declares a sinner to be righteous.
We are declared righteous, not because of our deeds, but because of
106
Christs’s righteousness.
Jesus Christ became the target of our sin, so that we could become the target
of His righteousness.
This once and for all declaration, judicial degree occurs at the moment of
salvation. We are acquitted of our sin, like the judge acquitted these men of
the accusation against them.
We are not instantly holy, but rather we are instantly righteous, because God
sees Christs righteousness in us.
2. The Basis of Justification (3:24): Christ’s redemption 3:24
3:28 NOT BY THE DEEDS OF THE LAW, so hard for us to accept, we
can do nothing, it is a very simple, yet very difficult concept to grasp.
Emphasize nothing—Street Evangelism, illustration
3. The Way of Justification (3:28): Faith 3:28
B. Abraham: an example of justification by faith 4:1-25
Jewish Objections:
1. Abraham was justified by circumcision
2. Abraham was justified by works (Gen 15:6; 17:33-34)
Paul’s Response:
1. Not by circumcision 4:1
Circumcision was never to be for salvation, but an outward sign of an inward
change of heart and purpose.
2. Not by works 4:2
Conclusion:
1. Justification/Salvation has always been by faith 4:3;
Dispensatoinalists are often attacked for having “two forms of salvation.”
2. That God is able and will do that which he has promised 4:21
3. For us it is faith in God’s provision, Jesus Christ who paid for our
sins 4:24,25
C. The results of justification by faith 5:1-11
1) 5:1 - We have peace with God; prior we were enemies of God, we had no
access to him, no fellowship with him.
2) 5:2-5 - We have hope
107
3) 5:5 - God gives us the Holy Spirit, we have the Spirit residing in us,
the OT saints did not have this privilege
4) 5:6-10 - We have assurance; we were enemies, now we will be saved from
the wrath pointed at his enemies – vs 9. We will be saved vs 10. NOT
MIGHT
5) 5:11 - We have joy; a joy that can only come from the Lord
D. The universal availability of justification by faith
5:12-21
1. By the first Adam we inherited sin. We are all born with a sin nature. A
constitutional change of nature. A desire and natural leaning to sin. (5:12)
2. By the second Adam justification is available to all, and many
receive it. (5:19-21)
IV. Sanctification 6:1-8:39
A. The need for sanctification 6:1-23
*If I am saved by faith alone, having nothing to do with my works, than why
not continue in sin?
1. We are dead to sin, and baptized/in union with Christ (6:2,7).
2. We should not serve sin, that which Christ died for (6:6).
3. We should live for Christ who died for us (6:11).
Therefore: “Let not sin reign in your mortal body that ye should obey it in
the lusts thereof.” Rom 6:12
B. The purpose of the law 7:1-25
3:20 the knowledge of sin
7:1 The law is not sin, but reveals sin
7:14 The law is not bad, we are. The law reveals Gods holiness and our lack thereof.
108
7:18-19 Our daily struggle, the crucify the flesh
C. The permanence of salvation 8:1-39
Spend 20 Minutes in groups, counciling a young lady on assurance from, Romans 8.
1. We are no longer condemned 8:1-4
2. We have the Spirit residing in us 8:5-13
3. We are sons of God 8:14-17
4. We have a new hope “certainty” 8:18-25
5. We are guaranteed glorification 8:16-30
6. Nothing can separate us from God’s love 8:31-39
V.
Restoration 9:1-11:36
The key question: Why has God set aside Israel?
The great problem: If God is faithful to the promises He made to Israel
and Jesus is the Messiah, then why have most Jews rejected Him, while
Gentiles accept Him?
The answer: While God has saved many Gentiles, this does not mean
that God has canceled His covenants with Israel!
9:1 The apostle opened his discussion of God's relations with Israel very personally by sharing his heart
for his own people. Some might have thought that Paul hated the Jews since he had departed from
Judaism and now preached a Law-free gospel.
9:4 Remind me again what is the benefit of being a Jew? The Israelites had the glory of God's
presence among them. God bound himself to them with Covenants. The Messiah came through them.
GOD BLESSED THEM GREATLY, they were chosen-elected.
9:7 Is Israel the Church? NO, simple, normal understanding of this text says no.
109
9:8,9 The election of Isaac, not Ismael.
9:11 The election of Jacob over Esau, not based on works but based on his purposes. The older usually
received the double portion blessing, was the favored one. But God chose the younger. God chose
Jacob before he had done any deeds or manifested a character worthy of God's special
blessing. The fact that Jacob became a less admirable person in some respects than Esau shows that
God's choice was not due to Jacob but to Himself.
9:13 Did God really HATE Esau, no this is figurative language to
9:14 FOREKNOWLEDGE "Surely, if Paul had assumed that faith was the basis for God's
election, he would have pointed this out when he raised the question in v. 14 about the fairness of God's
election. All he would have needed to say at that point was of course God is not unjust in choosing Jacob
and rejecting Esau, for his choosing took into account the faith of one and the unbelief of the other.”
I cannot understand why God should say that He hated Esau.' 'That,' Spurgeon replied, 'is not my
difficulty, madam. My trouble is to understand how God could love Jacob!"
9:16 The Mercy of God, not on anything else.
9:16 God is under no obligation to show mercy or to extend
grace to anyone. If we insist on receiving just treatment from God, what
we will get is condemnation (3:23).
9:17 God had mercifully spared Pharaoh up to the moment when He said these words to him, through six
plagues and in spite of his consistent opposition to God. Pharaoh deserved death for his opposition and
insolence. However, God would not take his life in the remaining plagues so his continuing opposition
and God's victory over him would result in greater glory for God
9:18 This statement summarizes Paul's point. In chapter 1 the apostle had spoken about the way God
gives people over to their own evil desires as a form of punishment for their sins. This is how God
hardens people's hearts. In Pharaoh's case we see this working out clearly. God was not unjust because
He allowed the hardening process to continue. His justice
demanded punishment.
Neither here nor anywhere else is God said to harden anyone who had not first hardened himself.
9:20 God is judge not us
9:21 The thought is that they have been and are in a state of readiness or ripeness to receive God’s
wrath. The objects of God’s wrath are the unsaved (1:18), who will suffer eternal judgment (John 3:36).
God has patiently endured their antagonism to Him (cf. Acts 14:16; Rom. 3:25), but their judgment is
coming. Those who oppose Him and refuse to turn to Him (Matt. 23:37) are then “prepared” by Him for
condemnation.
cf. confer, compare
110
Choosing (v. 22) should be rendered “willing.” INTERPRETATION Some are prepared by God for
PAUL'S LATER LETTERS The Era of Christ and the Church
eternal judgment not because He delights to do so, but because of their sin. In view of their sin, which
makes them “ripe” for destruction, God is willing to exhibit His wrath, and He will do so at the proper
time.
He prepared in advance” (Rom. 9:23) is protoimasen, “He made ready beforehand,” which God does by
bestowing salvation. (The word “prepared” in v. 22 is kathrtismena, “are made or prepared or ripened.”
No double-predestination. No evil thing comes from God. James 1:16
9:32 He set them aside because of their lack of faith.
10:1 My heart is for you Israel
10:2 You can be zealous, but not have zeal in the truth
10:9,10 Right after talking about election, Paul talks about the responsiblility of an
individual to believe.
Read 10:13-17
Show Video
A. God’s plan has always been to save Gentiles (10:19-21)
He sought to make them jealous.
B. God is still saving a Jewish remnant (11:1-5)
Paul was chosen (1), during Elijah’s time a remnant of 7,000 (4) and there today there is a
remnant(5).
C. God is presently “grafting in” the Gentiles, that they might take part in the
promises together with the Jews (11:17-19)
D. Israel’s blindness is only partial and temporary (11:25-26)
Until the full number of Gentiles has come in.
E. God will yet save all Israel (11:26-27)
v. verse
v. verse
111
A huge great awakening, revival in the land.
VI. Application 12:1-15:13
A. The believer and God, himself and others (12:1-21)
1. The believer and God (v. 1-2)
We are to be living sacrifices, consecrated to God.—
Reasonable service.
2. The believer and himself (v.3-8)
Do not think highly of yourself. Many members, many
gifts.
3. The believer and others (v. 9-21)
Be sacrificial, and put others before yourself.
12:17 Do not repay evil
12:18 Live peaceably with all men
4. The believer and the State (13:1-14)
When is civil disobedience OK? We are to do that which the
government tells us to do. We are to be model citizens.
B. What should the believer's attitude be towards the State and why? (v.1-3)
1. Is capital punishment correct? (v.4)
God has given ordained the government with the sword. Retribution
not rehabilitation.
2. Is it required that we pay our taxes? (v. 5-7)
Uncle Larry
112
C. What should the believer's attitude be towards pagans? (v.8-14)
Love all people, even the pagans. Love fulfills the law.
D. The believer and the weaker brother (14:1-23)
1. Who were the weaker brothers?
Those (mainly Jewish believers) who were weak in the faith (not in morals!). Love
and patience were very important between Jewish and Gentile believers
2. What are the main principles?
a. Do not judge your brother in non-moral issues (v. 1-12)
It is very easy to be judgmental. We must always be
gracious in non moral aeas. We have different consciences
with different moral teachings, different cultures, different
sensitivies to past sins, etc.
b. Do not cause your brother to stumble (v. 13-21)
"Freedom" means that I am free to do
something or not do something!
There is nothing we shouldn’t give up for the spiritual wellbeing of a brother.
c. Your conscience should be clear (v. 22-23)
or else you are condemned.,
d. Build your brother up (15:1-3)
e. Be in unity (15:4-6)
113
f. Follow Christ's example (15:7-13)
E. Conclusion (15:14-16:27)
1. Paul's ministry (15:14-22)
Key verses: 18-20
2. Paul's plan (15:23-33)
3. Final greetings and warnings (16:1-23)
4. Final blessing (16:24-27)
Read vs 25-27 AMEN
114
BIBLICAL THEOLOGY OF ROMANS
I. Revelation
General revelation: God's disclosure of his truth to man
A. Through the creation (1:20)
B. Through man (2:14-15)
II. Theology Proper
God is infinite: He is boundless and limitless
A. God is eternal (16:26)
B. God is omniscient (11:33-36).
C. God is omnipotent (1:20)
D. God is spirit: (1:23); he has no physical essence
E. God is morally pure
1. He is righteous:
2. God always acts uprightly, and his commands are always just (1:17, cf.
3:5, 21-22; 14:17)
3. God always judges uprightly, and his verdict is always upright (2:2, 5-6,
cf. 1:18; 3:5-6, 26)
4. God is trustworthy
115
F. God is faithful: (9-11) God keeps his promises and his warnings; ex. Israel
G. God is love (5:8; 8:37)
H. God is benevolent: (5:6-10) God always does what is best for
those he loves.
I. God is gracious: (5:5-8; cf. 3:23-24; 5:20;11:5-6) God freely
bestows his grace upon those who do not and cannot merit
it.
J. God is merciful: (9:16) God is compassionate towards those
who are in difficulty.
K. God is longsuffering: (2:4; 9:22) God patiently waits over a
long period for the sinner and delays his judgment in spite of
his sins.
L. God is transcendent (11:33)
Meaning: God is independent of the creation and superior to
it; it is not possible to fully comprehend him.
III. Christology
A. The death of Jesus Christ
1. It was a substitutionary sacrifice (5:8)
Meaning: Christ died in the sinner's place.
2. It was redemptive (3:24)
Meaning: Christ paid the price (his blood) to free humanity from the
bondage and punishment of sin.
3. It was propitiatory (3:25)
116
Meaning: Satisfaction. Through his death Christ completely satisfied the
just demands of a holy God for the judgment of sin.
4. It was reconciliatory (5:10-11)
Meaning: Through Christ's death the relationship between God and the
world was changed. The death of Christ provide the means by which
man can have a restored relationship to God.
5. It was expiatory (8:1)
Meaning: Christ's death secured the complete removal of sin.
B. Jesus Christ's resurrection (10:9-10)
IV. Pneumatology
A. The Holy Spirit is a person
B. He is alive 8:2
C. He thinks and prays 8:26,27
D. He gives strength to the believer to live a holy, spiritual life
(8:4-5)
E. He lives in every believer (8:9)
F. He will resurrect the believer's body (8:11)
G. He gives assurance to the believer (8:14-17)
H. He intercedes for the believer (8:26-27)
V. Hamartiology
A. Sin came into the world through the sin of Adam (5:12-19)
117
1. All humanity is born into depravity (3:9-23)
Meaning: Every person has a corrupt nature, an inborn tendency to evil,
and he cannot change this condition. because of this, nobody can do
anything that pleases God.
2. All humanity's reasoning is evil (1:21)
3. All humanity's will is evil (6:6-17)
4. All humanity is born with an evil nature (5:19)
B. The wages of sin is death (3:23)
1. Physical death
2. Spiritual death (eternal separation from God in Hell)
V. Salvation
A. Election (8:28-30;9:10-18)
Meanings: Election: The sovereign act of God, whereby He chose certain
individuals for himself.
B. The prerequisite to salvation: faith
C. The blessings of salvation
1. Justification
Meaning: To declare righteous. Justification is God's judicial act,
whereby he declares righteous the one who believes in Jesus.
2. Adoption (8:15)
Meaning: God places the believer into his family as a son the moment he
receives Jesus Christ.
3. Assurance of salvation (8:28-39)
118
VI. The Church
A. The Church and national Israel (11:1-36)
B. The church and baptism (6:3-6)
VII. Eschatology
A. The final deliverance of creation (8:18-25)
B. God will save Israel through the Redeemer (11:26-32)
119
Paul’s Later Letters The Era of Christ and the Church
THE BOOK OF EPHESIAS
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author Show slide
II. Date and Place of Writing Show slide
III. Recipients
A. “To the Ephesians” is missing in some of the oldest and most important
manuscripts.
B. The absence of personal greetings, Paul spent 3 yrs in Ephesus
Conclusion: Circular letter, written originally to the Ephesian Church (Col 4:16).
IV. Background
A. The City of Ephesus
1. The capital city of Asia
2. Very important port city
3. Occultic center-temple of Artemis; 1 of 7 Wonders of the ancient world
B. The Church of Ephesus
1. Paul briefly visited this city during 2nd missionary journey Acts 18
2. Paul remained there for 3 years on his Third missionary yourney Acts
120
PAUL’S EARLY LETTERS The Era of Christ and the Church
19
IV.
Literary Considerations
B. Theme: They mystery of the church revealed
C. Purposes: 1. To instruct concerning the mystery of the church. 2. To
instruct concerning the conduct of the church.
Conduct of the Church:
1:1-3:21
4:1-6:24
121
Walking in Victory 6:10-18
Walking Harmony 5:21-6:9
Walking in Wisdom 5:15-20
Walking in Light 5:7-14
Walking in Love 5:1-6
Walking in Purity 4:1 7-32
Application
Walking in Unity 4:1-16
Corporate Calling
1:15 1:23
Calling of the Church:
Instruction
Individual Calling
1:1 1:14
Divisions
D. Message
Belief
Behavior
The Election of the Church
The Responsibilities of the Church
Subjects
Place
Rome, during Paul’s First Roman Imprisonment
Time
A.D. 60-62
Survey of Ephesians
I.
The Calling of the Church (chaps. 1-3) Instruction
A. Individual Calling (1:1-2:10)
1.
The individual’s spiritual blessings from God (1:3-14)
a. The provision of spiritual blessings (1:3)
VERSES 3-14; ONE HUGE sentence comprising of 202 words. It is
as if Paul is soe excited by all that the Lord has done for us his saints,
that he can’t pause, can’t stop, cant even take abreath. He is
overwhelmed by the grace and favor of God which he lavishes upon
his children. Constable, “The HS carried Paul along in his thinking
as he contemplated God’s provision so that he moved quickly from
one blessing to the next. It is as though hew was ecstatically opening
a treasure chest, lifting its jewels with his hands, letting them cascade
through his fingers, and marveling briefly at them as they caught his
eye.”
God has not held back blessing from us. SPIRITUAL blessings, not
physical blessings from the OT. If you had possessions you were in
favor with God, Job.
b. The basis for spiritual blessings (1:4-14)
122
Verse 5, 11 election is based upon God’s good pleasure.
1:10 Dispensation of the fullness of times
1:13 A seal, a guarantee
1:14 A downpayment—mortgage on a house
2.
Paul’s prayer for the individual’s wisdom and revelation (1:15-23)
3.
The individual’s new position (2:1-3)
a. The old condition: dead to God (2:1-3)
DEAD-without hope; depraved, striving after sin
Just like a dead person cannot make himself alive, a spiritually dead
person can do nothing to remove himself from the state of deadness.
The gravity of our old condition should cause us to magnify the
wonder and grace of God.
We were enslaved to:
1. The World - temporal values, concerned with today
2. Satan - the air was considered the dwelling place of satan, under
Satan’s countrol
3. Flesh - temporal desires, instant gradification
b. The new position: alive in God (2:4-10)
Christ was raised physically and now we have arisen spiritually. Salvation brings spiritual life to
the dead.
Eph 2:8,9
By grace, through faith, Paul explains that we have be re-created by God in Christ Jesus in
order to do good works. As was clearly stated earlier salvation is not achieved by doing good
123
works. But doing good works is a by-product of our salvation. We were re-created, we were
saved not by good works but for good works.
Definition of Lordship Salvation:
“The Lordship view expressly states the necessity of acknowledging Christ as the Lord and
Master of one’s life in the act of receiving Him as Savior. These are not two different, sequential
acts (or successive steps), but rather one act of pure trusting faith.” Gentry The Great Option (9)
Thus the central tenet of Lordship Salvation is that submissin of one’s life to Christ as Master is
the only true expression of saving faith.
-The designation “Lordship Salvation” is reluctantly accepted by both proponents and opponents.
It is potentially misleading because non-Lordship advocates believe in the necessity of Christ’s
lordship in salvation at least in the objective sense. As defined by its own advocates, Lordship
Salvation could more properly be called “Commitment Salvation,” “Surrender Salvation,” or
“Submission Salvation” since in actuality the debate is not over the Lordship of Christ, but the
response of a person to the gospel and the conditions which must be met for salvation. (10)
The opposing view is often called the “non-Lordship” view, or even derogatorily “Easybelievism,” but neither is acceptable. A self-assigned title has become. “Free Grace.” Free
Grace position holds that salvation is a gift of God realized by man only through the simple
response of faith, which is basically defined as “trust, confidence in.”
Lordship salvation flows from a Calvinistic foundation, and is inherent in some expressions of
the Reformed doctrines of assurance and perseverance. God has chosen a people and he will
save them. He regenerates them and grants them the gifts of repentance and faith. Such a work
of salvation transforms them. Through trials, difficulties, and even failures, they are not only
eternally secure but will persevere in holiness and faith.” (12) Belcher, Layan’s Guide 99.
Some tenets of Reformed soteriology were challenged in the early 1900’s by dispensationalist
theologian Lewis Sperry Chafer. Chafer did more than any other theologian to emphasize the
doctrines of grace for decades to come. Themes common in his writings were the freeness of
grace in salvation, the efficacy of simple saving faith, and the reality of carnal Christians. (14)
He that is Spiritual. Grace: The Glorious Theme
John Stott 1958 advocated a Lordship view Must Christ be Lord to be Savior?”(Eternity 10 Sept.
1959) Basic Christianity
J I Packer also did in 1961 Evangelism
Ryrie dedicated one chapter of Balancing the Christian Life to refuting Lordship controversy.
A W Tozer responded 1974 Heresy!
As did Kenneth Gentry 1976 article “The Great Option” BBB 5
And Arend ten Pas 1978 The Lordship of Christ
Responded by Hodges 1981 The Gospel Underseige
124
John MacArtheru incorporated into his Shepherd’s Conference a “Lordship
Salvation Syllabus” 1981 by Marc Mueller which argued the Lordship position.
Peak reached by The Gospel According* by MacArthur 1988
Response immediately by Ryrie and Hodges 1989
B. Corporate calling (2:11-3:21)
1. Present unity (2:11-22)
Paul reminds the Gentiles that they were at one time called “the uncircumcised,”
such a term was one of great shame. They were called this by “the circumcised.”
Paul seems to allude to these terms as a means to show the vast disparity that was
between the Jew and the Gentile, the great disgust directed at the Gentiles by
Jews.
Paul calls them to continue remembering, (as a means of worship of God) upon
their former lives, that they were (1) separated from Christ, (2) alienated from
Israel, (3) strangers to the covenant, (4) without hope, and (5) without God.
Talk about walls, separating Berlin, east from west. Dividing a nation. The
human race was divided by a great wall, a great barrier. But Christ has broken
down that wall of separation. START SLIDE
“the wall of partition”
At the center of the Court of the Gentiles stood a second
enclosed compound, posted with signs in Greek and Latin
warning: "No foreigner is allowed within the balustrades and
embankment about the sanctuary. Whoever is caught will be
personally responsible for his ensuing death."
It was therefore a serious accusation that was brought by the
Jews of Asia Minor against Paul that he had brought Greeks into
the Temple and had polluted the Holy Place (Acts 21:28)
a. Explanation of the union (2:14-18)
READ 2:14 on the last slide
UNITY WITHIN DIVERSITY
125
b. Significance of the union (2:19-22)
READ verse 19 on next slide
2. Past ignorance (3:1-13)
a. The mystery of the church (3:1-6)
“mystery of Christ”
As mentioned a minute ago the mystery spoken of previously is that Jews and
Gentiles have become united as one. This “mystery of Christ” is not a separate
mystery as opposed to the one developed earlier, rather it explains that the
mystery of the Church is made possible through Jesus Christ and his actions on
the cross at Calvary.
b. The ministry of the church (3:7-13)
3. Future comprehension (3:14-21)
Beautiful conclusion to Paul’s thoughts and provides a transition to
his next section dealing with personal conduct, application.
II.
The Conduct of the Church (chaps. 4-6) Application
A. Walking in unity (4:1-16)
126
1. The basis of unity (4:1-6)
UNITY, same spirit, one calling, one Lord, one faith, one baptism, one
God.
2. The establishing of unity (4:7-16)
So, let us try to understand this passage in its original location first. Psalm 68 seems to be what
is referred to as a victory psalm. It is a song to praise the victory given to the Israelites by God.
Psalmist is referring to the conquering of the Jebusite city of Jerusalem, and God’s subsequent
ascent to Mount Zion (II Sam 6:7, I Chron 13). When a king in the ancient east conquered
another nation he would then take back with him to his homeland the spoils and prisoners of war.
Paul is using the quotation from the Old Testament to refer to Christ’s work on the cross at
Calvary. After Christ’s work on the cross, he ascended into Heaven bringing with Him captives.
The captives here could refer to one of two groups. (1) a reference to believers who were captive
to Satan, sin, and death, who are now captive of Christ through redemption. (2) or a reference to
Satan and his legions who were defeated by Christ and are captives, with a future in the lake of
fire. I believe this second answer is more plausible.
“and he gave gifts to men” This phrase signifies the purpose for Paul’s citation. Can anyone
now tell me the specific purpose for this citation having the understanding that verse 7 speaks of
the giving of Spiritual gifts? Spiritual gifts are benefits poured out as a result of Christ’s
triumphant victory in the resurrection. The point Paul is trying to make is that Christ, who has
ascended as victor, has the right to give gifts to His children.
You may ask the question, my translation makes it sound like he is referencing a dissension into
Hades or hell.
4:12 the purpose of these public ministry gifts is the building up of the church.
14 In verse 11 we learned about the purpose for the gifts of the Spirit, and verse 12 the purpose
of preparing believers for the work of the ministry, in verse 14 then we saw the final goal, full
maturity.
B. Walking in Purity (4:17-32)
1. The old man (4:17-19)
Paul uses walk again as a reference to their conduct or lifestyle. He says that their
lifestyle should not be like the lifestyles of the Gentiles.
127
“from whom the whole body being fitted and held together”
Once again Paul emphasizes unity. The whole body both Jews and Gentiles, must fit together,
those who were at one time at enmity with one another are now to be intimately joined.
It is necessary for a body to be unified. The whole body functions together as the individual
parts contribute.
“through every supporting connection”
Christ unifies the body by means of every supporting connection. Each individual
component of the body of Christ, each believer and his or her gifts are essential
to the supporting and connecting, and building up of the body of Christ.
2.
The new man (4:20-32)
ILLUSTRATE WITH AN ARTICLE OF CLOTHING
“that you have laid aside the old person according to the former lifestyle”
Paul instructs the believers that they have laid aside their old self at conversion. They have
taken off that old person and set it aside just as you might take off an article of clothing and set it
aside.
Paul describes what the old person is with the phrase according to the former lifestyle. It is clear
that the old person is compared to the new person in verse 24. The old person is the
unregenerate individual. It is a pre-conversion person
“who is being corrupted in accordance with the desires coming from deceit.”
Paul further describes the old nature, and the old man. He describes the unregenerate man as
constantly being corrupted by the desires that come from deception, the deception which
promises fullness of life, a promise it cannot fulfill. Sin is deceptive, the lifestyle of sin causes
one to think they are finding that which they desire, when in fact sin leads to destruction, broken
and destroyed lives.
The new person is clearly a contrast to the old person. This replacement of the old with the new
was instantaneous with our conversion experience. The result is a vastly different lifestyle.
4:26-27 Anger management; short account of sin
The positive command is given first by Paul here. He commands the believers to be angry and
then gives a negative command, do not allow anger to turn into sin. Anger in itself is not sinful,
but a wrong response to anger is. Believers can be angry but they are not to act out their anger
sinfully. If someone is wronged it is natural and OK to be angry, but is not to be consumed by
128
that anger. They must respond appropriately. Jesus practiced righteous indignation for the sin of
the money changers in the temple. His response although startling was appropriate, for he is
God, and that was the house of his father that they were desecrating.
Paul gives us a lesson on anger management here. He tells us not to allow anger to be
prolonged. He gives the standard of not allowing anger to harbor over night. We must keep
short accounts of anger. We must deal with problems when they arise rather then let a situation
fester to the point where it is out of control.
Notice, righteous indication never took place when Jesus was wronged, but when God was
wronged. We must have righteous anger when God is in mind, and sin.
4:29 proper speech; only what edifies
The adjective translated unwholesome, generally refers to things or people who are useless.
Things of little worth. It is used to refer to rotten wood, rotten fish. Here it could be rendered
putrid, foul. Paul again uses the present imperative verb to signify the stopping of an ongoing
event. Paul tells them to stop saying unwholesome words.
“but whatever is beneficial for the building up of that which is lacking”
Paul gives the positive command of using helpful words, words that will build up not destroy.
Every word coming out of the new man’s mouth should be good, and useful, not destructive and
hurtful.
The purpose of our speech is to supply that which is lacking in other believers’ lives by the
utterance of beneficial words, and contributing to the spiritual growth of the body.
“in order that it might give grace to those who hear”
The purpose for Paul’s command in order that beneficial words might contribute to their
individual growth an enable them in the areas of their need. Believers are accountable for what
they say. Care must be taken in our selection. Words can be extremely harmful or extremely
beneficial for the destruction of or building up of the church.
ILLUSTRATION: Corruption- “the learch” on the island.
C. Walking in love (5:1-6)
1. Practice the love of Christ (5:1-2)
2.
Do not practice evil (5:3-6)
129
D. Walking in light (5:7-14)
1. Live as a child of the light (5:7-10)
Paul gives us a reason for why we are not to participate with sinners in their sinful lifestyles.
The reason is that we were in darkness. This is a past state, implying a change, and then Paul
follows with but now you are light. Darkness here is used to signify sin and the realm of sin.
We were plagued by sin in our former lifestyles, but we have excepted the realm of the devil and
darkness and have entered into the realm of light. The lifestyle of good works.
Light and darkness are clear opposites. The two cannot coexist, either there is darkness or there
is light.
“but now you are light in the Lord”
Christ is the source of light, the opposite of darkness. He is the light of the world, he is the one
that brought a beautiful message of light, hope, victory, happiness, and glory, all things in which
light symbolizes. He brought this message to the world. A world that was dark, gloomy, dreary,
with no hope.
2.
Do not live as a child of darkness (5:11-14)
E. Walking in wisdom (5:15-20)
1. Make the most of each day (5:15-16)
2.
Seek out the will of God (5:17-20)
18 “And do not get drunk with wine, in which there is dissipation”
Paul takes this opportunity to explain how one can know or understand the will of God.
Drinking of wine was common in the day of Paul, in fact it was used quite regularly for
130
medicinal purposes. Paul is not prohibiting his listeners from drinking wine, instead he was
prohibiting them from drinking in excess to the point of intoxication. This is similar to the
command in Prov 23:31.
What does dissipation mean? It means shamelessly, has the idea of debauchery, luxuriously,
carelessly. It refers to a person that wastes his or her resources. Paul instructs not to get drunk
with wine, which causes unrestrained, careless living that leads to ruin. Paul reminds the
believers that since they have been supernaturally redeemed they are not to live the life of the
natural person that is wasteful and ruinous.
“but be filled with the Spirit”
The opposite of living a ruinous and wasteful life is living a Spirit filled life. The Holy Spirit
and his leading is the means by which we as believers know and do the will of the Lord. A
person controlled by alcohol on longer controls themselves. A drunk asked to walk a straight is
incapable of doing so, because of the control of alcohol over them. Those who are filled with the
Spirit no longer control their actions but rather the Spirit of God does. It is when we relinquish
control and give it over to the Lord.
We must realize that the verb tense indicates continual, repeated action. Although the indwelling
of the spirit is a once and for all occurrence at the point of salvation along with the sealing
ministry of the Spirit. The filling is a continual process. This verse indicates that it is the
responsibility of the believer to be repeatedly filled by the Spirit, no matter where they are or
what they are doing. The filling of the Spirit, or giving over to the Spirit to control ones life
moment by moment, can cease at any given second, when we refuse to do what the Spirit leads
and instead follow once again after our fleshly desires. We cannot be filled with the Spirit and
participate in sin at the same time. It is one or the other, but when we do see ourselves stealing
back control from the Sprit, and participating in sin our old lifestyle, it is then that we must go to
God, repent of our sin, and seek to give control back over to the Lord.
Walking by the Spirit and being filled by the Spirit mean that the Spirit of God directs and
empowers a believer to live a life pleasing to god and his will. Those who live under the control
of their flesh will not please God and God does not control their lives.
21 Paul argues that it is important to expose deeds done in darkness. The need to confront our
brethren when we see them falling into sin. We need to do this in order that they may awake
from their spiritual sleep and once again please God with their lives and so doing they are
approved by God. The community of the church is emphasized here by Paul. The church
community is to hold one another accountable, and it is in community that we grow, not in
isolation.
We are accountable to the church. It is the churches responsibility to confront those who are led
astray.
Illustration of Pastor and elders that traveled hours to confront an abandoned husband and father.
131
F. Walking in Harmony (5:21-6:9)
This verse concludes the section dealing with the result of living a Spirit filled life, and it
serves as the hinge to the entire next section which further develops the issue of submission
to authority which the Lord has established.
1. Husbands and wives (5:21-33)
5:22 Paul opens his discussion on the marriage relationship first by focusing attention on the
responsibility of the wife to submit herself to the authority of her husband. The word used here
for submit, Jupotassovmenoi, The significance of this word is essential in better
understanding this passage. This word has the idea of taking a subordinate role in relation to
someone or something else (TDNT, 39-46). It is clear, within its context that Paul is calling the
wife to willingly place herself under the authority of the husband. It is not a forced submission.
Wives should not obey their husbands like a child would or a slave (Shnackenburg, 246), but
instead it must be a conscious decision on the part of the wife to willingly place herself under the
authority, which God has set up in the household. (See further the synchronic word study on
Jupotassovmenoi found in Appendix C). This same concept is developed by Paul
elsewhere in scriptures. (cf. Col. 3:18) This word has been widely misunderstood to be simply
obedience. This is not the case as will be noted by this study. This verb seems to be peculiar to
the New Testament and therefore my studies will be restricted to such (TLNT, 424)5.
ew Testament Usage
1. To become subject or subordinate, either in a compulsory manner or voluntarily.
Non-Pauline Biblical Literature
-In reference to a compulsory subjection
Luke 10:17- The Demons had no choice but to obey the power given to the
apostles by Christ.
-In reference to voluntary subjection
Luke 2:51- Jesus voluntarily obeyed his earthly mother and father.
James 4:7- James tells his readers that they need to willingly subject themselves
to God’s authority.
I Peter 2:18- Peter calls slaves to obey their masters.
I Peter 3:1- Wives are called by Peter to willingly submit themselves to their
Husbands, as witness to them in the hope that they become believers.
I Peter 3:5- Peter explains that it was through the willing submission of the holy
women of the past, to their husbands that caused them to be so attractive.
5
Theological Lexicon of the New Testament
132
ew Testament Summary
In Pauline Epistles
In reference to forced subjection
Romans 8:20- Creation was forced into subjection by God.
I Corinthians 14:32- The spirits of prophets (prophetic utterings) are under the
control of the prophets.
I Corinthians 15:27- All things, apart from God the father, have been put under
the submission of Christ. We have no choice in this matter.
In reference to voluntary subjection
Romans 13:1,5- We are told by Paul to willingly obey the government which is
positioned by God as our authority.
I Corinthians 14:34- Paul explains that women are compelled by the law to submit
to the authority placed over them by God. Although the law demands this,
it still must involve a willingness on the part of the wife.
Colossians 3:18- Wives are admonished by Paul to choose to submit themselves
to the authority of their husbands, which is God’s desire and plan.
Titus 2:5- Women are told to willingly subject themselves to their husbands
authority.
In Ephesians
Eph. 1:22- God chose to submit all things under the power of Christ.
Eph. 5:21- Paul admonishes wives to willingly submit themselves to their
husbands.
Eph. 5:24- Paul reminds wives again, just as the church willingly submit
themselves to Christ, so too, wives must submit themselves to their
husbands.
It seems apparent from this study that there are two main uses of this Greek word. It can
be used in a compulsory fashion, or in a willing subjection. The times that this word is used in a
mandatory sense is reserved to the relationship of God over his creation, or in reference to inhuman objects, i.e. spirits, demons. However, when this word is used in relation to humans and
human relationships to each other, as well as secular authorities placed by God, it is used in a
sense of voluntary submission. This is very significant to note, because this is contrary to many
people’s view of submission. Scripture clearly sets out a hierarchical system of authority, a
system that has been established by God within the church, society, and within the home. In
Ephesians 5:21, Paul speaks of the home and calls women to willingly submit themselves to the
God-ordained authority that he has placed in the household.
133
The phrase, wJ" tw`/ kurivw/, “as to the Lord.” The author of Ephesians further
admonishes wives to practice willing submission to their husbands as a means of worship to the
Lord. Paul’s explanation is similar to that of his discussion given in Romans 13, when referring
to the government. God is an orderly God, not one of confusion, he has established a
hierarchical order in society, in the church, as well as in the home. Paul explains that it is the
responsibility of Christians to submit to the God-ordained authorities in each of these realms, and
by obeying these authorities we are obeying and worshipping God. Paul will further develop this
understanding in the following verses. Mitton points out that Paul assigns a degree of authority
and wisdom to the husband, above and beyond that which is reasonable, a hierarchical system is
clearly in place (Mitton, 199).
5:24 Paul begins verse four with the comparative conjunctions ajlla; wJ" (Wallace,675),
which translated is “Even as.” Paul compares the relationship of Christ and the church, to that of
the wife to the husband. He explains that the wife is to submit herself to the authority of her
husband, just as, or even as the church submits itself to the authority of Christ. The idea is that
the wife should submit herself voluntarily in response to the husbands love, just as the church
does so to Christ in response to the love Christ has lavished on the Church (Schnakenburg, 246).
“In this writer’s vision of Christian marriage what is called for from wives is complete
subordination to complete love” (Lincoln, 373). It is clear that both roles necessitate total selfrenunciation (Miletic, 111). Paul develops for us here the ideal, and biblical marriage
relationship.
5:25 Lincoln rightly points out that immediately following the command for wives to
submit themselves to their husbands, contemporary readers expected the apostle than to
command the husbands to rule over their wives. But instead Paul reminds his readers that their
responsibility is to love their wives (Lincoln, 373). The word chosen by Paul for love is the
Greek imperative, ajgapa`te. This word entails not just a concern for the welfare of
another person, but instead a continual seeking to subordinate one’s own pleasure for the benefit
of another (Schnackenburg, 248). It is a love that is eager to know the needs and interests of
another and willing to do everything to meet those needs (Mitton, 200).
The comparative subordinating conjunction kaqw;", is used by Paul to further develop
the concept of sacrificial love. Paul compares the love a husband should have for his wife to the
love Christ has poured out upon the church. It must be completely selfless to the point of being
willing to give one’s life up in behalf of another. This seems to be au unfamiliar thought in the
patriarchal society of which Paul writes. Husbands were rarely commanded to love their wives,
and if they were enjoined to do so, it was almost surely a sexual erotic love (Best, 540).
However, Paul does not choose the word referring to erotic love but rather one that emphasizes
self-sacrificial love.
134
5:26 The purposes for which Christ gave his life is introduced by three ijna clauses.
The first ijna clause is translated, “in order that he might sanctify her.” The first purpose
mentioned by Paul for Christ giving his life for us, is so that the church would be sanctified.
This word translated sanctified has the idea of being separated from the secular world unto
holiness (Best, 542).
The author of Ephesians uses the genitive of means (Wallace, 125) tou` u{dato" to
further explain the means by which this sanctification occurs. He explains that it is by means of
the washing of water. The question than arises what does washing of water refer too? I believe
that it is most appropriate to understand this phrase not to be in reference to literal water baptism
(contra Lincoln, 377), nor the bride’s prenuptial washing (contra Keener, 552), but rather I
believe the author to be using water baptism metaphorically in order for the readers to
understand by association the concept of cleansing. Just as water cleanses the body from dirt, the
spiritual baptism into the family of God is the first step (aorist past undefined action), to a
lifetime of the sanctification (cleansing) process. For further study on this topic see Appendix C,
Eph. 5:26a, and 5:26b).
5:27 The second i{na clause is used here to describe the second purpose for which
Christ gave himself for us, in order that he might present the church in splendor without spot or
wrinkle. Paul here clearly uses the imagery of a bride at a wedding. It is Paul’s desire that at
the return of Christ he might be able to present the church to Christ as an unblemished Virgin
(Schnakenburg, 250). The beauty that is depicted, is by no means an outward physical beauty
but rather a moral perfection. Lincoln points out that elsewhere in Ephesians, the Church is seen
as God’s glorious inheritance (1:18) (Lincoln 377). This beauty is all encompassing not one spot
or wrinkle exists.
The third and final ijna clause is used here to describe the third purpose for which
Christ died. This purpose was in order that the bride, the church, be holy and blameless. These
two aspects highlight the importance of moral purity.
Why does Paul insist on mentioning these three purposes for Christ’s death when
speaking of the husband-wife relationship? It seems to be aiding his argument as to the example
of undying love, Christ’s undying love for his bride, the church. Paul develops this aspect of
Christ’s love for the church in order that husbands might better understand what it means to love
their wives with a self-less, sacrificial, Christ-like love.
a. A husband should love his wife as he loves his own body. 5:28-32
5:28 Paul continues his flow of thought by using the conjunction, ou{tw", for the
second
time, Paul exhorts husbands to love their wives. Some would conclude that these statements
should be better translated, “husbands love your wives as being your own bodies (Barth, 629630; Abbott, 170-171). The emphasis would than be upon the uniting of husband and wife, and
135
becoming one flesh (Gen. 2:24). However, this translation is unlikely and in fact the
construction is similar to that of Leviticus 19:18, “love your neighbor as yourself (Lincoln,
378).”
Paul states, “he who loves his wife loves himself.” Paul clearly at this point is building
upon the concept of Genesis, that wife and husband become one entity at marriage. When a
husband loves his wife, he loves himself. No distinction is made any longer between husband
and wife, they are one in the same.
5:29 Paul explains to us what we already know. That all human beings love themselves
and make sure to take care of their own needs. Husbands are commanded to love their wives,
nourish, and take care of them as they do their own bodies. Paul continues the analogy
developed previously. He explains that husbands are to nourish and take care of their wives as
Christ did the church.
Some scholars primarily Catholic in orientation look to the word “nourishment” as a
reference to the Eucharist, however this seems highly unlikely. The term “nourishment” seems
to be more general in nature, not to have any specific referent (Mitton, 205). The imagery used
here as a parallel to Christ’s treatment of the church is to place emphasis upon how Christ
constantly cares for and builds up the body (cf. 4:11-16), and his sanctifying and cleansing
through the washing of water (cf. 5:26), this is the task of the husband.
5:30 Variant readings arise from this verse of scripture. Some manuscripts have
included the phrase, “flesh of his flesh, bone of his bone.” It is most probable however that this
phrase should not be included into our scriptures. It is likely that a scribe expanded Paul’s
quotation from Genesis 2:23, anticipating verse 24 (Metzger, 541; Net Bible, 571). For further
discussion see Appendix A on Ephesians 5:30.
We are reminded by the author of Ephesians of the position that we hold as believers. He
emphasizes the relation the church as a whole has to Christ and to one another. “Because we are
members of his body,” the emphasis, ‘his body’, is on the Christ—believer relationship and not
on that between believers. Of course this gives husbands further reason why they should love
their wives (Best, 550).
5:31 This verse is simply a quotation by Paul from the Septuagint (Genesis 2:24). “For
this reason a man shall leave his father and mother and be joined to his wife, and the two shall
become one flesh.” Paul gives no introduction or indication of his quoting before doing so. He
must have assumed his readers would have known this already since this quotation was widely
used (cf. Mt. 19:5; Mk. 10:7; I Cor. 6:16). Why does Paul include this passage of scripture? It
does not seem to develop his basic premise that women should submit to their husbands, and
136
husbands love their wives. Paul felt this important to include in order to further emphasize the
importance of the marriage relationship and the significance of a strong marital bond.
The Greek word Paul uses here for “join,” is proskollavomai. Within this context
it becomes apparent that this is a reference to the strong marital bond. The reference here does
not denote mere sexual union the ramifications are far greater. The point brought out by Paul is
that in marriage the husband and wife form a bond, which should never be separated. It is a
bond of devotion (EDNT, 172). This bond transcends mere sexual union and involves the whole
being, of both individuals involved. For further understanding of this Greek word see Appendix
C, a synchronic word study of proskollavomai.
5:32 In reference to the previous quotation of Genesis 2:24 Paul states, “This mystery is
great.” At first glance we would think that Paul is speaking of marriage as the “mystery,” even
though no other scripture develops such a theme. Some scholars do hold to this (Mitton, 207208). However, The author of Ephesians qualifies this statement by saying, “and I am saying
that it refers to Christ and the church. Clearly the mystery as developed in other scriptures is in
reference to the Christ-Church relationship. For further discussion see Appendix D on Eph.
5:32.
How does developing “the mystery,” aid Paul’s line of reasoning as he discusses the
responsibilities of husbands and wives? Paul uses this imagery of the union of Christ to the
Church in order to focus attention on the importance of the unifying commitment of husband to
wife, and wife to husband. With this understanding Paul can command wives to respect their
husbands, and husbands to love their wives (Schnakenburg, 255). The “mystery” is an incredible
image for married couples to strive after, to strive to be in one accord with each other as Christ is
with the Church, to love each other as Christ loved the church, to respect one another as Church
respects Christ and the list goes on and on. Paul’s use of the “mystery” is of substantial and
luminary help as he conveys the preeminence of the husband wife relationship.
Paul’s summary 5:33
5:33 Paul concludes his exhortations on the responsibilities of husband to wife and wife
to husband with a brief synopsis of all he has stated up to this point. He begins with the use of
the connecting particle plh;n which is often used to conclude a discussion and to place special
emphasis upon that which is vital (Schnakenburg, 256-257). Paul states, “Let each one of you
love his wife as himself, and let the wife see that she respects her husband.
It is interesting to note that the word Paul uses here for respect is the Greek verb fobevw. A
Synchronic Word Study of fobevw
It is clear from the examples above that the word fobevw can have a number of distinct
usages. Often it is used in regard to the actual emotion of fear. It is used to denote fear of people
as well as fear of God. This word is used as well with more of a reverential attitude, a reverence
for the person of God and the position he holds. The biblical authors use both the reverential
137
aspect, as well as the emotive aspect, time and time again as a motivation for service. Ephesians
5:31, seems not to fit into any of the categories mentioned thus far, instead it seems to have an
exclusive lexical meaning not found by me elsewhere in the scriptures. Ephesians 5:31 is not
calling women to literally fear their husbands, nor is it asking them to have a reverential awe for
them, but rather that the wife should show respect to them for the position God has delegated to
them, that being the leader of the household. This word is most commonly used for a literal
emotion of fear, or it refers to a reverential awe in regards to the person of God. Ephesians 5:31,
seems not to fit either of these categories, instead it seems to have an exclusive lexical meaning
not found by me elsewhere in the scriptures. Ephesians 5:31 is not calling women to literally
fear their husbands, nor is it asking them to have a reverential awe for them, but rather that the
wife should show respect to them for the position God has delegated to them, that being the
leader of the household.
As if Paul has not already made his point crystal clear, he repeats his command for husbands to
love their wives. There is a significant difference in the second clause. Paul tells wives to
respect their husbands. It is possible that Paul’s point is, for wives to willingly choose to place
themselves under the authority of their husband, it requires first and foremost for them to respect
their husbands.
It is interesting to note that the word Paul uses here for respect is the Greek verb
fobevw. A Synchronic Word Study of fobevw
It is clear from the examples above that the word fobevw can have a number of distinct
usages. Often it is used in regard to the actual emotion of fear. It is used to denote fear of people
as well as fear of God. This word is used as well with more of a reverential attitude, a reverence
for the person of God and the position he holds. The biblical authors use both the reverential
aspect, as well as the emotive aspect, time and time again as a motivation for service. Ephesians
5:31, seems not to fit into any of the categories mentioned thus far, instead it seems to have an
exclusive lexical meaning not found by me elsewhere in the scriptures. Ephesians 5:31 is not
calling women to literally fear their husbands, nor is it asking them to have a reverential awe for
them, but rather that the wife should show respect to them for the position God has delegated to
them, that being the leader of the household. This word is most commonly used for a literal
emotion of fear, or it refers to a reverential awe in regards to the person of God. Ephesians 5:31,
seems not to fit either of these categories, instead it seems to have an exclusive lexical meaning
not found by me elsewhere in the scriptures. Ephesians 5:31 is not calling women to literally
fear their husbands, nor is it asking them to have a reverential awe for them, but rather that the
wife should show respect to them for the position God has delegated to them, that being the
leader of the household.
Applications
138
1. God has developed a hierarchical system for which we are commanded to obey those
placed in authority above us, this system is not within society alone, but also within the
church and within the home, it is our responsibility as Christians to follow this Godordained hierarchy and in doing so worship and glorify God.
2. It is the role of the wife to willing subject herself under the authority of her husband.
3. Husbands are commanded to love their wives with a selfless love, a love likened to that
of Christ’s love for the church. It is a love that places the concerns and interests of others
above their own, it is a sacrificial love to the point of death.
4. We are reminded that it is essential within the marriage relationship for the husband and
wife to leave their individual families upon marriage and to begin a family of their own,
to leave and cleave. To become united with their mate, physically, spiritually, and
emotionally, to have a bond to their mate being stronger than any other existing bond.
2.
Parents and children (6:1-4)
2 Paul cites the OT, specifically the Ten Commandments. “honor your father and mother, which
is in fact the first commandment with promise.”
To honor father and mother involves a variety of things.
1. One who struck or cursed his or her parents was put to death Ex 21:15,17
2. Any who is stubborn, defiant, disobedient would be killed Deut 27:16
3. Everyone shall revere his mother and father.
To obey one’s parents is to honor them.
First commandment with promise? But in Deuteronomy and Exodus it is actually the fifth
commandment, so is their a contradiction here? It is indeed the first commandment with
promise. It is the first commandment that includes a specific promise to that specific
commandment. The second commandment does have a promise along with it but it is a general
promise for all the commandments not a promise specific to it alone. Commandment number 5
on the other hand is specific to its commandment and therefore the first and only commandment
with a promise.
3 “that it may be well with you and you may live long on the earth.”
The blessing for obedience is a two-fold. 1. well-being, and 2. a long life. The principle of the
OT should also hold true in the NT, that is obeying and honoring parents will bring well-being
and a long life on earth. This is a general rule but there are exceptions. Generally children who
have obeyed their parents are more likely to lead disciplined lives, and the natural odds are for a
balanced and long life.
Children are to obey and honor their parents because that is what is right. This responsibility
must be viewed in the larger context, that is, believers who are filled by the power of the Spirit.
It is the child who is filled by the Spirit who will respond in obedience to this command.
139
4 “and fathers, do not provoke your children to wrath.”
Israel followed the patriarchal structure with the father having absolute control over his children,
even over his married sons and their wives if they lived with him. Within their culture he could
stone his son daughter or wife, sell his daughter into slavery, could have a rebellious son stoned.
In giving this instruction Paul brings to fathers a different and new perspective. They were not to
unnecessarily provoke or cause their children to become angry.
Irritation caused by nagging and demeaning fathers in the context of everyday life may in turn
cause =children to become angry. This anger grows, no doubt, out of the frustration of never
being able to please fathers who constantly nab or demean them.
“but bring them up in the training and admonition of the Lord”
Fathers are exhorted not to provoke but rather to bring them up, or better translated nurture the
children. The two terms discipline and admonition are the same in meaning and use redundantly
for emphasis by Paul.
3.
Masters and slaves (6:5-9)
The application of this passage must be done with caution. Paul was writing specifically for a
society where slavery was a legal institution. However, there are certainly some principles from
which we can learn, and can be applied to employee/employer relationships. Christian
employers should deal with their employees with integrity and goodwill, without threats. Both
employees and employers need also to realize that they have a heavenly master to whom they are
accountable to for their attitudes and conduct. Furthermore, their behavior should be a testimony
to unbelievers with whom they work.
In conclusion the instructions given in the household code are God’s formula for the wise walk
of spouses, children, parents, slaves, and masters. Each of these must be filled by the Spirit in
order to consistently carry out the exhortations given.
G. Walking in Victory (6:10-18)
1.
The exhortation: put on the armor (6:10-13)
11 ”Put on the full armor of God”
This analogy given by Paul is a very vivid and familiar one to his readers. They all are familiar
140
with armor, for they see Roman soldiers regularly. Paul is using the physical armor for physical
warfare, and using it as an illustration of the important spiritual armor we must put on in order to
be victorious in spiritual warfare.
“in order that you might be able to stand against the schemes of the devil”
The purpose of this spiritual preparation is to withstand the evil one. Our warfare is against
Satan and his legions. The battle we are engaged in is not one that is on the physical battlefield,
and our enemies are not always visible. How dare we think that we can engage in warfare with
the devil and his legions without the power of God. The Lord has provided us with the resources
to overcome the devil, we must use that which he has provided. We cannot on our strength
engage thinking that we can win. It is not on our own strength that we can win. Such a notion is
preposterous.
Schemes is plural because Satan and his cohorts will seek to find each and every one of our
weaknesses and capitalize upon them. The devil is crafty and seeks to catch believers unaware.
We must always be cautious and realize that we are constantly in a spiritual battle.
13 “because our struggle is not against flesh and blood”
Paul explains here to us the nature of our warfare. As mentioned it is not on a physical
battlefield. Our battle is much more difficult because we are up against supernatural enemies of
which we cannot see.
“but against rulers against authorities against cosmic potentate of this darkness, against spiritual
beings of wickedness in the heavenly realms”
rulers and authorities- The plural here indicates several leaders, a reference probably to spiritual
beings.
Cosmic potentates of this darkness-Implies that these individuals are in conflict with God. Their
abode is in heaven and from there they extend their activity and authority to the regions below.
Spiritual beings of wickedness in the heavenly realms-Seems to refer to the hostile rulers
mentioned previously not new foes
The fact that Paul tells the Ephesians to put on the armor of God, clearly portrays this battle to be
presently going on. It must be realized by believers that positionally we have victory being in
Christ and seated in the heavenlies, but in reality the victory will not fully realized until the
subjugation of rein in the future. T struggle will continue until the final defeat of the devil and
his angels at the second coming of Christ.
13 “on account of this take up the full armor of God, in order that you may be able to resist in the
evil day and having done everything to stand.”
Paul says in light of the above information that the enemy is after us like peter portrays a roaring
lion, 1Peter 5:8. The armor has its origin in God and is designed to protect the believer against
the onslaught of the devil and his hosts.
“in order that you may be able to resist in the evil day.”
141
The implication is that we cannot resist the devil without the help of the Lord and without the
provision of his spiritual armor. In the evil day, appears to be a reference to the present evil day.
The believer should be aware that they must be prepared, no only for everyday evils but for the
times of the heightened and unexpected spiritual battles.
“and having done everything to stand”
This reinforces Paul’s previous statement. Having done all, stresses that everything possible has
been done. This statement probably indicates that believers can indeed be victorious and win
over satanic hosts if they have made the necessary provisions. The strength of the Lord gained
by utilizing the full armor of God is stronger than all the power of the wicked
Chafer said, “In this connection, it is interesting to observe that as pilgrims we walk as witnesses
we go, as contenders we run, and as fighters we stand.
2.
The education: explanation of the armor of God (6:14-20)
2.
The education: explanation of the armor of God (6:14-16)
“stand therefore”
Paul gives a result of what he has just said. He states this in a verb tense to heighten the urgency
of the command.
“having girded your waist with truth”
Girded means to bind. Truth has the idea of reality that is reliable and trustworthy as apposed to
that which is false. The girdle of the Roman soldier probably referred to the protective girdle
worn over the armor or to the sword belt or to fastening his undergarments. It was key to the rest
of the armor. What is this truth in reference to specifically. Truth and trustworthiness is basic to
all the other qualities that believers need in order to withstand diabolical attacks. It is to live a
lifestyle that is transparent and real, no hidden things to be revealed.
“and having put on the breastplate of righteousness.”
The breastplate was a metal plate worn over a coat of mail to protect the chest and back.
Righteousness he is a reference to acting righteously in daily dealings with god and humankind.
As a breastplate protected a soldiers chest from enemy attacks, so to righteous living guards
believers against the assaults of the devil.
15 “and having shod the feet with the preparation of the gospel of peace”
To shod simply means to put on shoes or sandals. The Roman legions wore heavy sandals with
soles made of several layers of leather averaging 2 centimeters thick studded with hollow-headed
hobnails. They were tied by leather thongs half-way up the shin and were stuffed with wool or
142
fur in the cold weather. These were not for running but to dig in with eh nails and stand against
the enemy.
Paul does not have in mind necessarily the preaching of the gospel of peace, but rather being
firmly grounded in the gospel of peace. Having peace of mind and security of heart in the gospel
of peace, this gives us a readiness to stand against the devil and his angelic hosts. It is almost
ironic that the gospel of peace prepares for war.
16 “in addition to all these having taken up the shield of faith, with which you are able to
extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one.”
The previous items were attached to the body. The shield on the other hand had to be picked up
or as my translation reads taken up. The Roman shield was made of two wood planks glued
together with the outer surface covered with canvas and then with calf skin. There was metal on
the top and bottom edges to protect the wood when it hit the ground and on the center front there
was iron causing most stones and heavy arrows to glance off. This shield not only covered the
body but also the other parts of the armor described earlier. Hence the reason Paul uses the
phrase in addition to all these, for this is further protection.
The possession of the shield of resolute faith helps believers stand firmly and resist the devil and
his schemes. So far all we have seen has been defensive.
“with which you are able to extinguish all the flaming arrows of the evil one. The skins and
hides that covered the shields would extinguish the arrows preventing the wood from catching
fire. Before battle the shields were immersed in water soaking the leather cover and canvas
beneath the leather, which also aided in extinguishing the flaming missiles. Many arrows would
be deflected, but those that did become implanted in the shield were extinguisher.
This metaphorical language depicts this shield of resolute faith which protects believers from
spiritual harm aimed at them by the evil one. It renders useless the fiery attacks of the devil. We
must not lay aside our shield and seek to win the war on our own.
17 “and take the helmet of salvation”
The helmet and sword are the last two items taken up by the soldier, and may very well be why
the last two listed by Paul. In roman times the helmet had various shapes usually bronze fitted
over an iron skull cap lined with leather or cloth. Paul is referring to a present day experiential
salvation from the attacks of the wicked one as oppose to salvation from a future judgment. It
does not refer to salvation in the objective sense but as conscious possession of it in the midst of
onslaughts of the evil one. With his head protected, the soldier feels safe in the midst of battle.
Likewise the believers possession of salvation gives them confidence of safeness during the
assaults of the devil.
“and the sword of the Sprit which is the word of God”
The Roman sword was double edged blade two inches wide and two feet long and was admirably
suitable as a cut and thrust weapon for close work. IT was placed under the girdle high on the
right side of the body so it would be clear of his shield bearing arm and not become entangled
143
with his legs. It is the only offensive weapon mentioned in this context. The sword is not the
Spirit itself but the Word of God. The Spirit is the author of the Word of God. It has the idea of
spiritual empowerment for spiritual battle.
“which is the word of God”
Jesus use the word in his encounters with Satan. The sword of the Spirit is the offensive weapon,
the spoken word of God is to be used against the spiritual wickedness of the devil. The entire
armor is absolutely necessary in the spiritual warfare against the devil and his angels. As in
other parts of this book, the exhortation is directed to both the individual and the corporate body.
This is in keeping with the dominant theme of the book, unity of believing Jews and Gentiles in
one body. Thus the church, the body of believers, is in this warfare together. As the Roman
soldier did not fight alone so must believers as a body , united under their commander-in-chief,
stand against spiritual wickedness in heavenly places.
18 “through every prayer and petition praying at every opportunity in the Spirit”
Paul describes after giving the armor of God the attitude one should continually maintain.
Praying and keeping alert. Praying, dependence on the Lord is essential to our victory.
Nuclear wars cannot be won with rifles. Likewise, satanic wars cannot be won by human
energy. Paul warned the saints to constantly pray and remain alert, ready to don the helmet of
salvation and grasp the sword of the spirit in order to do battle at a moments notice. None of
these pieces of armor are available as a result of human effort.
3. Final Words (6:21-24)
THE BOOK OF PHILLIPIAS
INTRODUCTION
144
I. Author
A. 1:1 Paul claims authorship
B. Almost unanimously accepted as Pauline.
II. Date and Place of Writing
60-62 AD from house arrest, Paul’s first Roman Imprisonment (1:7, 13, 16).
III. Recipients
A. Primarily Gentile congregation, evidenced by the greetings made to Gentile names.
B. First two converts recorded: a. Lydia-businesswoman (Acts 16:14,15). b. Philippian jailer (Acts
16:30-33)
V.
1. Paul’s most personal letter: he uses the personal pronoun over 100 times.
2. It contains one of the most important Christological passages in the Bible (2:5-11).
3. Consistently positive, no rebukes, no major problems
addressed. Reflects a joyful spirit.
B. Theme: Joy in Christ
C. Purposes:
Primary Purpose 1: Reassure the Philippians that Epaphroditus who had ministered to
Paul while in jail had recovered from a serious and life threatening illness (2:25-27).
Secondary Purposes: 2 Anouncing Timothy’s coming visit (2:19); 3. Share his desire to
visit with them again (2:24); 4. Encourage unity in the congregation (4:2); 5. Thank the
church for their gifts (:10-14).
145
D. Message: Joy in Christ manifests itself in others-centered living. 1 John “no greater
joy than this”
A good attitude towards adversity
1:30 2:1
Suffering
Joy in Christ
2:30 3:1
Serving
Joy in
Generosity
4:9 4:10
A good attitude towards giving
Love
Joy in
Relationships
A good attitude towards the Lord
Theme
1:11 1:12
A good attitude towards the local church
Divisions
1:1
Joy in
Circumstances
A good attitude towards others
Joy in
Fellowship
Obedience
Sacrifice
Place
From Rome, during Paul’s First Roman Imprisonment
Date
A.D. 60-62
Survey of Philippians
BREAK INTO THE SAME GROUPS AND READ THE TEXT TOGETHER FOCUSING ON JOY,
UNDERLINE IN YOUR TEXT OR RECORD HOW MANY TIMES THE WORDS REJOICE OR JOY
ARE FOUND. 16Xs 1:4,18a,b,25,26; 2:2,17,18,28,29; 3:1; 4:1,4a,b,10
146
4:23
Again and again the words joy and rejoice occur. As you read the book, underline these and
related words. Paul expresses this exuberant joy in the most difficult of circumstances: he is in
prison in Rome, not knowing whether he will be executed, left in prison, or released. In this
warm, positive, encouraging, joyful book, he not only sets the example for us all, but he gives us
the resources by which to live this joyful life.
I. Joy in fellowship: A good attitude towards the local church
(1:1-11)
*1:1 Bishops and Deacons; plural, only one church but several deacons; wisdom in
numbers
What was the key to Paul’s joy?
If anyone had reason to be down, if anyone had reason to be
pessimistic, if anyone had reason to have a pitty-party it was Paul.
I ask again, what is the secret to Paul’s joy, because we can learn
from his secret.
He had the “single mind”—his concern was not for Paul, but for Christ and the
Gospel. Five times in this chapter he mentions the Gospel (vv. 5, 7, 12, 17, 27),
and Christ is mentioned seventeen times! Paul looked upon these circumstances
as sent by God (v. 13) for the purpose of exalting Christ (v. 20).6
PAUL DID NOT HAVE A PITTY PARTY
He put Christ first 1:12-21
He put others second 1:22-26
He put himself last;
Joy comes from being focused on Christ, Joy comes from serving others 3 John 4 “no greater…
II. Joy in circumstances: A good attitude towards adversity (1:12-30)
A. Joy in spite of prison (v. 12-14)
6
Wiersbe, W. W. 1992. Wiersbe's expository outlines on the ew Testament . Victor Books:
Wheaton, IL
147
B. Joy in spite of envious preachers (v. 15-18)
C. Joy in spite of death (v. 19-26)
D. Joy in spite of suffering (v. 27-30)
Suffering will not be unusual. When it happens, God is still directing
our lives!
Paul says it is a joy to suffer with Him, a privilege 1:29; Phil 3:10
III. Joy in relationships: A good attitude towards others (2:1-30)
Key Word: Humility,
A. The principle (v. 1-4)
the key to unity within the church is humility, putting the
needs of others above our own.
B. The examples (v. 5-30)
1. The greatest example: Jesus Christ (v. 5-16)
THE MOST IMPORTANT BLOCK OF VERSES IN PHILLIPIANS; one
of the greatest Christological passages in the NT . KENOSIS passage. “to
empty”
i. He was fully God - "being in the form of God”
ii. But He did not "consider equality with God something to be
grasped.” i.e. did not demand His rights, although He was fully God.
iii. "He humbled Himself" Negatively- Does not mean surrendered His deity. That would be
148
impossible!
"Our doctrine of Christ's humiliation will be better
understood if we put it midway between two pairs of
erroneous views, making it the third of five. The list would
be as follows: (1) Gess: The Logos gave up all divine
attributes; (2) Thomasius: The Logos gave up relative
attributes only [i.e., omniscience, omnipotence,
omnipresence]; (3) True View: The Logos gave up the
independent exercise of divine attributes; (4) Old
Orthodoxy: Christ gave up the use of divine attributes; (5)
Anselm: Christ acted as if he did not possess divine
attributes."63
"The act of kenosis as stated in Philippians 2 may therefore
be properly understood to mean that Christ surrendered no
attribute of Deity, but that He did voluntarily restrict their
independent use in keeping with His purpose of living
among men and their limitations."64
"Voluntarily he chose not to use some of his divine
attributes during his earthly pilgrimage (Matt. 24:36)."65
Positively- * "taking the very nature of a servant”
* “being made in human likeness” (He became man!)
iv. He died for sinful people (v. 8)
v. God exalted Him (v. 9-11)
Dr. Charles C. Ryrie: "Full Deity and perfect humanity united without mixture,
change, division, or separation in one Person forever."
b. The Apostle Paul (v. 17-18)
c. Timothy (v. 18-24)
149
d. Epaphroditus (v. 25-30)
IV. Joy in Christ: A good attitude towards the Lord (3:1-4:9)
A. Joy because we have salvation in Christ (3:1-9)
B. Joy because we have a new, personal relationship in
Christ (3:10-11)
3:10 It is a privilege to suffer with Christ, participate in His suffering.
C. Joy because we have a new purpose in Christ (3:12-16)
D. Joy because we have a heavenly hope in Christ (3:17-4:1)
3:17 Be imitators of me,
3:19 those that do not end in destruction.
E. Joy because we have a supernatural peace in Christ (4:2-9).
Prerequisites to this peace:
1. Good relationships with other believers (v. 2-5)
2. Regular prayer (v. 6-7)
Be anxious for nothing.
3. Correct thinking (v. 8)
What is true, honorable, pure, lovely,
4. Proper behavior (v. 9)
150
F. Joy in generosity (4:10-23)
Be content in your situation 4:11
THE BOOK OF COLOSSIAS
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
A. Author claims to be Paul 1:1,23; 4:18
B. Colossians has always been accepted as Pauline until the 19th century
C. It cannot be separated from the book Philemon, which is Pauline (see Philemon notes)
A. Written around 60-62 AD, from Rome
B. Paul was unders house arrest, 1st Roman imprisonment
III. Recipients
1. Primarily Gentile church with some Jews
2. Paul had not been to Colossae 1:4; 2:1
3. He had heard of them through Epaphras 1:7
V.
A. Background
1. The church was probably established under the ministry of
Epaphras 4:12-13
2. An early form of Gnosticism was developing.
151
a. God did not create the world, but rather angels
Paul’s answer (1:16)
152
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
b. Because angels created the world, worship of them is permitted
Paul’s answer (2:18). . . ex: Mormonism
c. Christ could not be fully God and fully man; therefore Christ is less
fully God.
Paul’s answer (1:15; 2:9) . . . ex: Jehovah’s Witnesses
d. We need “secret knowledge”
Paul’s answer (2:2-3) . . .ex: the cults
e. Human wisdom and traditions are important.
Paul’s answer (2:8)
f. Asceticism is also proper
Paul’s answer (2:21, 23) . . . ex. Eastern religions
B. Literary Style
1. Very stern; contains many serious warnings.
2. Closely resembles Ephesians; very theological and very practical, first have
doctrine, second half application, Ephesians deals with the church being the body of
Christ, Colossians emphasizes the church being the head of the body.
C. Theme Christ is preeminent over all
D. Purposes
1. To instruct concerning the superiority and sufficiency of Christ.
2. To protect this church from the false teachings that were threatening it.
153
E. Message Because Christ is preeminent over all creatures and creation itself, he
is sufficient for us.
AN OVERVIEW OF COLOSSIANS
Duty
Place
Date
A.D. 60-62
SURVEY OF COLOSSIANS
I. The Person and Work of Christ
A. Introduction 1:1-8
B. The Preeminent Christ 1:1-20
154
Greetings from Paul
18
4:15-
4:18
Greetings from Companions 4:1014
Fundamental Relationships 3:184:6
The Carrier of the epistle
4:7-9
4:7
4:6
3:5-
3:1
Doctrine
Subjects
Conclusion
Exhortations to
Practical Living
The Fundamental Method
17
2:23
Warnings against Gnosticism 610
Warnings against Legalism
1117
Warnings against Mysticism 1819
Warnings Against Asceticism 2023
2:6
2:5
The Wisdom of Christ
2:1-5
The Preeminent Christ
120
The Reconciliation of Christ 2129
Divisions
1:1
Warnings Against
Empty Philosophies
The Fundamental Principle
3:1-4
The Person
and Work of
Christ
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
Knowledge of God’s Will: Because the false teachers emphasized secret
knowledge. Paul in his prayer emphasizes what true knowledge is.
Why is Christ Preeminent?
1. Imago de: Christ is the image of God. He is God (cf. Jn 14;7-9; Heb 1:3)
1 born preeminence not order. "First-born" (Gr. prototokos) may denote either priority in time or
st
supremacy in rank (cf. v. 18; Exod. 4:22; Ps. 89:27; Rom. 8:29; Heb. 1:6; Rev. 1:15). It may also denote
both of these qualities. Both seem to be in view here. Christ was before all creation in time, and
He is over all creation in authority. In view of the context (vv. 16-20), the major emphasis seems to be
on His sovereignty, however. What "first-born" does not mean is that Christ was the first created being,
which Jehovah's Witnesses teach. This is clear because verses 16-18 state that Christ existed before all
things and is the Creator Himself. Other passages also affirm His responsibility for creation (cf. John
1:3; 3:16; Rom. 8:29; Heb. 1:6; 11:28; 12:23).43
38E.
F. Scott, The Epistles of Paul to the Colossians, to Philemon and to the Ephesians,
2. Christ is sovereign over the Creation (v. 15b-17)
Christ was there and instrumental in the creation of ALL things.
3. Christ is the Head of the Church (v. 18-23)
1:19 Completely God, in him the fullness of God dwelt. This contradicts the idea that Christ
possessed divine power only temporarily, which Christian Science teaches.
C. The Reconciliation of Christ 1:21-29
1:23 Look at this verse, since not if, if you and I know it is true
The Mystery: Christ dwells in both Gentiles and Jews, and they are together in
one body (cf. Eph 3:6)
D. The Wisdom of Christ 2:1-5
-2:2,3 the source of wisdom and knowledge is in Christ and nowhere else
II. Warnings Against Vain Philosophies 2:6-23
A. Warnings Against Gnosticism 2:6-10
-2:8 worship of Spirits
-2:9 Christ is God
155
B. Warnings Against Legalism 2:11-17
-2:11 Circumcision without hands, spiritual circumcision, set apart
-2:16 do not allow others to impose legalistic standards on you
C. Warnings Against Mysticism 2:18-19
-2:18 worship of angels
-2:18 supposedly seen
D. Warnings Against Asceticism 2:20-23
-2:21 Do not refuse the body what God intends for our enjoyment.
-2:23 Mistreatment of the body
-2:23 These practices are of no value, they don’t diminish or restrain sinful,
fleshly desires, but the opposite is true.
The emphases of these false teachers are still with us today. The first is "higher"
knowledge (Gnosticism). The second is the observance of laws to win God's love
(legalism). The third is the belief that beings other than Christ must mediate between
people and God (mysticism). The fourth is the practice of abstaining from things to earn
merit with God (asceticism).
III. Exhortations to Practical Living 3:1-4:6
A. The Fundamental Principle 3:1-4
Have a heavenly mindset, and eternal perspective. We have died to this earth, these
desires. We now have heavenly desires, ambitions, purpose. Look above.
B. The Fundamental Method 3:5-17
3:8 Put off, where else is this found.
3:13 Forgive
3:17 Do everything for God’s glory
C. Fundamental Relationships 3:18-4:6
1. Husband and Wives 3:18,19
18-same in Eph.
19-same in Eph.
2. Children and Parents 3:20-21
20-same in Eph
156
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
21-same in Eph
3. Servants and Masters 3:22-4:1
22,23-same in Eph
4. Brother and Brother 4:2-6
4:3 mystery of Christ, I am in chains
4:5 Be wise towards outsiders-testimony
4:6 Let your speech be gracious
IV. Conclusion
A. The Carrier of the Epistle 4:7-9
B. Greetings from Companions 4:10-14
C. Greetings from Paul 4:15-18
THE BOOK OF PHILEMO
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
1. Author claims to be Paul (v. 1, 9, 19)
2. Accepted by the early church as from Paul.
3. Unanimously accepted by scholars, even the most liberal.
1. Time of writing: A.D. 60-62
2. During Paul’s first Roman imprisonment
III. Main Characters
A. Philemon
1. A wealthy believer who lived in Colosse (Col 4:9)
157
2. The church met in his home (v. 2)
3. A good, faithful believer (v. 4-7)
B. Onesimus
1. Philemon’s servant, who escaped from him (v. 15). He also stole from him
(v. 18)
2. While in Rome, heard the Gospel form Paul and was saved (v. 10)
C. Paul
1. Was imprisoned, but through this Onesimus got saved
2. Asks Philemon to forgive Onesimus
3. Sends Onesimus back with this letter to Philemon (Col 4:9)
C. Theme Christian forgiveness
E. Message The foundation of Christian forgiveness is love.
AN OVERVIEW OF PHILEMON
The Foundation of
The Plea for Forgiveness
Forgiveness
8
1
17
7
158
Paul’s Promise and
Forgiveness
18
25
Divisions
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
"I appeal to you on the basis "Welcome him as you would
welcome me”
of love.”
Philemon
Subjects
"I will pay it back.”
Onesimus
Place
Date
A.D. 60-62
Paul
LESSONS TO BE LEARNED
A. Tact: Honestly speak the fitting word in the fitting time, so that the
person receives our words without being offended.
B. Forgiveness - its foundation is love (v. 8-9)
C. Substitutionary Atonement - Paul pays Onesimus’ debt (v. 18); Philemon
receives Onesimus as he would Paul (v. 17).
BIBLICAL THEOLOGY OF THE PRISO EPISTLES
I.
Bibliology
That which the apostles wrote was revelation from God (Eph 3:3)
II.
Theology Proper
A.
Only one God exists (Eph 4:6)
B.
He is the Creator, who created all things (Eph 3:9)
C.
He is holy and righteous
159
a)
Therefore he punishes sinners (Eph 5:6)
b)
God always judges righteously; He will reward the righteous
(Eph 6:8)
c)
Therefore He is no respecter of persons (Eph 6:9)
D.
He is loving (Eph 1:4-5; 3:18-19)
E.
He is gracious (Eph 1:5, 7-8; 2:7)
F.
He is merciful (Eph 2:4)
G.
He is sovereign and omnipotent (Eph 1:11; 3:11, 20)
Meaning: God rules completely over all things, and He is able to accomplish
whatever He wants.
III.
Angelology
A.
B.
IV.
Satan exists:
1.
He is a personal spirit being who is evil and powerful (Eph 2:2; 6:11)
2.
He rules over the present world order (Eph 2:2)
3.
Believers may be victorious over Satan if they obey God and resist
Him, clad in the armor of God (Eph 6:10-18)
Evil angels are personal beings who fight against the people of God
(Eph 6:12)
Hamartiology
A.
Everyone has been born a sinner; therefore we are spiritually dead and are
incapable of changing this condition. (Eph 2:1-5; Col 2:13)
B.
Everyone has a sin nature
160
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
1. The fact (Eph 2:3)
2. The picture (Eph 4:17-19)
V.
Christology
A.
B.
C.
Jesus Christ is God
1.
He is the image of the invisible God (Col 1:15)
2.
He is the firstborn over all Creation (Col 1:15)
3.
He is omniscient (Col 2:3)
4.
All the fullness of Deity lives in Him in bodily form (Col 2:9)
5.
Jesus Christ created everything that is (Col 1:16)
6.
He is greater than the angels (Col 2:10)
He has two natures (Phil 2:6-11; Col 2:9)
1.
Jesus Christ is fully God (v. 6, 9-11)
2.
Jesus Christ is fully man (v. 8)
His death on the Cross
1.
It was redemptive (Eph 1:7; Col 1:14; 2:14)
Meaning: to deliver by paying a certain price. In the Bible, man is
viewed as a bondslave, sold under sin and under the judgment of
death. Christ paid the price (His blood) to free humanity from the
bondage and punishment of sin.
2.
It was reconciliatory (Col 1:20-22)
Meaning: To change thoroughly. Through Christ’s death the
relationship between God and the world was changed.
161
D.
VI.
His resurrection and present work:
1.
His restriction is a fact (Eph 1:20; Phil 3:10; Col 1:18; 2:12)
2.
He presently sits at the Father’s right hand, over all things (Eph 1:2023; 4:10; Col 3:1)
3.
He is the head of the Church (Eph 4:15-16; 5:23; Col 1:18; 2:19)
Pneumatology
A.
B.
C.
He is a person, not an impersonal force (Eph 4:30)
Therefore we can grieve Him!
God through the Holy Spirit revealed His Word to the Apostles and prophets
(Eph 3:6)
He seals us (Eph 1:13-14; 5:30)
Meaning: The Holy Spirit is God’s pledge. His indwelling guarantees
that God will fulfill everything that he promised us.
D.
He fills us (Eph 5:18-21)
E.
He strengthens us (Eph 3:16)
VII. Salvation
A.
Its origin: in the grace of God (Eph 2:5, 8)
B.
Its way: through faith (Eph 2:8-9)
C.
Salvation originates with God (Eph 1:1-11)
1.
God chose us (Eph 1:4)
162
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
Meaning: God’s sovereign act, by which from mankind He chose
out certain individuals for himself.
2.
God predestinated us (Eph 1:5, 11)
Meaning: to mark out or determine beforehand. Thus God marked
out beforehand certain individuals that they should be His.
D.
Regeneration: God gives new, spiritual life to those who receive Jesus Christ
through faith. (Eph 2:1, 5; Col 2:13)
E.
Justification (Phil 3:9)
Meaning: That judicial act of God, through which he declares righteous
the one who believes in Jesus Christ. The result is that I stand in the
righteousness of God. The way is through faith.
F.
Adoption (Eph 1:5)
Meaning: God places the believer into his family as a son the moment he
receives Jesus Christ
G.
Positional sanctification (Eph 1:1; Phil 1:1)
Meaning: God sets apart the believer for Himself, when he receives
Jesus Christ. The result is that the believer has a holy position before
God.
VIII. Ecclesiology
A.
It is not the same as Israel, but rather a new thing, in which both Jew and
Gentile are in one body (Eph. 2:11-22; 3:6; Col 3:11, 15)
B.
It is a mystery, and did not yet exist in Old Testament times (Eph 3: 4-6, 9;
Col 1:26-27)
C.
It is the body of Christ (Eph 5:29-30; Col 1:24)
D.
The local church:
Its two main officers (Phil 1:1): Pastor and Deacon
IX.
Eschatology
A.
Personal eschatology
163
1.
Physical death (Phil 1:21-24)
B.
2.
After death the believer goes to heaven and remains with Christ (1:23)
3.
Christ will change our bodies at His return (Phil 3:21)
Last things
When Christ returns, we will be with Him (Col 3:4)
The evolving need for structure in the churches, combined with Paul’s awareness that his own
steadying influence would soon be passing from the scene, prompted him to treat certain ecclesiastical
and pastoral subjects which have profited the church immensely ever since.7
THE BOOK OF 1 TIMOTHY
INTRODUCTION
The same liberal theologians that attack 1 Tim as authoritative also attack Acts, yet they
say that the history of acts isn’t congruent with that of 1 Timothy.
A.
It appears that around A.D. 62-63 Paul was freed from his first Roman imprisonment (Phil. 1:25-26;
2:23-24; Philemon 22)
B.
Afterwards for a period of around three years he traveled and preached the Gospel.
1.
He may have gone to Spain (A.D. 63-64?) and afterwards to Crete, where Titus remained (A.D. 64-65,
Titus 1:5)
He traveled to Macedonia (A.D. 65) 1 Tim 1:3
a)
b)
2.
From there Timothy . . . went to Ephesus (1 Tim. 1:3)
Paul was in Macedonia when he wrote 1 Timothy and Titus.
Later Paul was again cast into prison (AD. 66-67)
a)
His conditions were difficult and uncomfortable
(2 Tim. 4:13-18)
b)
During this time he wrote his last letter (2 Timothy)
c)
He was executed in Rome during the reign of Nero
7
Walvoord, J. F., Zuck, R. B., & Dallas Theological Seminary. 1983-c1985. The Bible knowledge
commentary : An exposition of the scriptures. Victor Books: Wheaton, IL
164
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
(A.D. 67, 2 Tim. 4:6)
I.
Author
1. Paul the apostle 1:1
2. This epistle was known and used by the church fathers
3. The early church regarded 1 Timothy as from Paul.
1. From Macedonia 1 Tim 1:3
2. After Paul’s first Roman Imprisonment
3. Around AD 65
III. Recipient
A. His Family (Acts 16:1,3; 2 Tim 1:6; 3:14)
1. His mother and grandmother were Jewish Christians
2. His father was a Greek, and probably not a believer
B. His Conversion (Acts 14:6,7; 16:1, 1 Cor 4:17)
During Paul’s first Missionary Journey in Lystra; Acts 16:1
C. His Ministry (Acts 16:1-3; 19:22; 1 Cor 16:10; Phil 2:19-23; 1 Tim 1:3)
1. Served with Paul during his first and second missionary journeys (16:1-3)
2. Was Paul’s rep. In Cornth (Acts 19:22; 1 Cor 16:10); Philippi (Phil 2:19-23) and Eph (1 Tim 1:3)
V.
1. More practical than theological.
2. Deals with doctrine concerning the church.
B. Theme: The Organization and Spiritual Oversight of the Church
C. Purpose
1. To instruct Timothy concerning the proper methods and procedures to be followed in the
house of God.
2. To challenge Timothy to firmly stand for the gospel and appose those who seek to pervert it
1:20.
D. Message : The proper organization and spiritual oversight of the church is
necessary for this is the household of God.
165
AN OVERVIEW OF 1 TIMOTHY
False Teachers
The church's
defense against
false teaching
4:1-4:16
Qualifications of
leaders
3:1-16
Organization
False Teaching
Place
From Macedonia
Date
A.D. 65
Instruction
Concerning
Groups in the
Church
Concluding
Charge to
Timothy
Paul’s charge to
Timothy
6:20-6:21
Subjects
Instruction
Concerning
Apostasy
Instruction
Concerning
Organization of
the Church
Public worship
2:1-15
Divisions
The Gospel's
perversion, power
and preservation
1:1-1:20
Warning
against False
Teachers
The young and
elderly, widows,
pastors and slaves
5:1-6:19
Groups in the
Church
Charge
SURVEY OF 1 TIMOTHY
I. Warning Against False Teachers 1:1-20
A. The circumstances Timothy faced 1:1-11
Certain myths about what Jesus did are an example of this eartickling entertainment. One of these was
that when Jesus was a child he formed a bird out of clay, blew on it, it came to life and flew away. (this
myth is found in the Koran, written several centuries later).
"The lists of bare names in Old Testament genealogies were easily expanded into fictitious histories,
supposed to illustrate God's dealings with His people and an example is still preserved to us in the
apocalyptic Book of Jubilees. The practice, indeed, was so common that the word
'genealogy' was often used in the sense of mythical history,
Examples of similar errors in teaching today would be preoccupation with typology, numerology, or the
details of exegesis along with a failure to emphasize the point of the passage being expounded. This
failure to emphasize what the writer of Scripture emphasized and to emphasize something else.
166
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
B. Exhortations to faithfulness 1:12-20
1. A positive example 1:12-17
A message of encouragement to Timothy amidst difficult, baligerant people who
demanded to be authorities in the law, “understanding not the law” Paul was baligerant
but the message of Christ complete revolutionalized his life.
Timothy was a timid man, but faithful.
Paul interrupts himself to share in a doxology of God’s glory and grace.
2. A negative warning 1:18-20
Warned Timothy concerning Hymenaeus and Alexander, whom “I delivered to Satan”
1 Cor 5:1-5 Man sleeping with father’s wife is handed over to Satan, so he might be
saved.
Handing someone over to Satan may mean that Satan had permission to inflict some illness or disability
on the evildoer (cf. Job 2:6).41 It may also picture life outside the fellowship of the church as Satan's
sphere (cf. 1 Cor. 5:5).42 Thus to deliver these men to Satan would mean that Paul had removed them
from the church's fellowship and placed them in Satan's realm.
II. Instruction Concerning the Organization of the Church 2:13:16
A. Public Worship 2:1-15
1. The need and priority of prayer in the assembly 2:1-8
a. Pray for: Government Leaders, that we might lead a quiet and
peaceful life.
b. Pray for: the unsaved, for God desires all to believe, and he died
for all (1Tim 2:6)
2:8 Men are to be leaders in the home and the church.
167
Paul’s first mention of order in public worship is Men-greek word for
males, are to lead.
Men are generally passive-Adam and the original sin, “who was with
her”
2. The need for modesty in the assembly 2: 9-10
Works verses Wardrobe - A Christian woman should be remarkable for her
Christ-like behavior more than for her clothes, hairstyle.
3. The need for order in the assembly 2:11-15
a. Instruction to Men: “Let the women learn” an imperative statement
emphasize that they are to be apart of the learning process. Men lead services.
b. Instruction to Women: but they are not to be the teachers, and they
should practice submissiveness to their husbands. Does not mean, no music ministry or
public prayer, but regarding the teaching ministry.
Paul approved of women teaching women and children (Titus 2:3-5; 2 Tim. 1:5) and their instructing
men privately (Acts 18:26). Reading a book that a woman has written is one example of private
instruction. Hesychia does not mean absolutely silent but settled down, not unruly. Do not appear to be
negatively questioning the authority in the church.
Example: Ellaine Powell, not with arrogance, or dominion.
1. In the Garden God established order: Adam was to rule, Eve was his help-meet,
equality. Adam was responsible to God for Eve. He failed in the garden.
2. Eve was deceived: 1) Judgment upon woman for being deceived, not likely since she
was deceived it was not intentional. 2) Women are more susceptible to being deceived.
Let me ask Gentleman, how many of you have been accused of being too critical. Men
are naturally critical, it is good thing yet a bad thing. I believe God has made man more
critical generally speaking so that we can properly care for and protect the household he
has given us. Marshall Wicks wife said– “I use to completely enjoy messages until I get
home and you spoil it for me.” I notice, that women really are effected by their liking of
a professor or not, while at DTS one professor that in my opinion should be asked to
leave, because he had nothing worth saying they loved, and he could do nothing wrong
they listened to every word he said, because he had gained their trust. I think God has
created women to be more trusting, especially of the spiritual leaders in their lives at
home and church. I have seen it in my mother who has listened to terrible advice of her
pastor. Dr Pentecost asked a Christian psychologist, do men and women think
differently. He said, “definantly, men are generally more critically thinking and women
are influenced heavily by their emotions.”
What does v. 15 mean? 3 possibilities
168
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
(a)
It speaks of Christ's birth
(b)
God preserves the woman in childbirth (But sometimes she
dies!)
(c) The faithful woman will find fulfillment as a wife and mother (the best
solution)
Some of these possible subjects are how women experience eternal salvation, or how they experience
physical deliverance when giving birth, or how they experience spiritual deliverance from moral
corruption. Some interpreters have even suggested that Paul was alluding to the saving effect of Jesus
Christ's birth.89
Perhaps the best explanation of this difficult verse is this. God promised women a life of fulfillment as
mothers in the home, provided they walk with the Lord, rather than as teachers and leaders in the church.
B. Qualifications of Church Leaders 3:1-16
1. Blameless - blameless; does not mean "perfect:" it means that there is no area
in his life where spiritually or in practice he is weak or lacking husband of one wife, temperate,
sober-minded, of good behavior, hospitable, able to teach, not given to wine, not violent, not
greedy, gentle, not quarrelsome, not covetous, one who rules his house well, not a novice, and a
good testimony.
(2) Husband of but one wife, literally, a “one-woman man.” This ambiguous but important phrase is
subject to several interpretations. The question is, how stringent a standard was Paul erecting for
overseers?8
There have been many interpretations of the phrase "husband of one wife" (Gr. mias gunaikos andra, v.
2). There are four major views as to what Paul had in mind. First, the elder must be married.
Second, he must be married only once. Third, he must be monogamous. Fourth, he must be a moral
husband. All the other qualifications are character traits. This may be a clue how we
should interpret this one too.
2. Reverent, not double tongued, not given to wine, greedy, blameless,
wives must also be reverent, rule houses well, husband of one wife
Question: Why are these qualifications important? (15)
Answer: Because the church is not just a spiritual fellowship, but that which
guards and proclaims God's Ideal
8
Walvoord, J. F., Zuck, R. B., & Dallas Theological Seminary. 1983-c1985. The Bible knowledge
commentary : An exposition of the scriptures. Victor Books: Wheaton, IL
169
III. Instruction Concerning Apostasy 4:1-4:16
A. The description of this Apostate teaching 4:1-5
1. Its origin (1): false teaching can be from demons
2. Its teachers (2): they are liars
They have seared consciences
3. Its principles (3-5):
No marriage, no to certain foods
B. The solution to this apostate teaching 4:6-16
1. Teach and preach the Word! (v. 6, 11, 13, 15-16)
2. Do not study every detail of every false teaching! (v.
7)
3. Be an example in your life and testimony (v. 8-10, 12,
14)
IV. Instruction Concerning Groups in the Church 5:1-6:21
A. Respect young and old alike 5:1-2
B. Provide for widows 5:3-16
No welfare system in place, the church is to take the initiative for the poor and helpless.
IN class break into three groups, deal with these issues: 1 Tim 5:13-16 What are
the guidelines for widows, 1 Tim 5:17 What does double honor entail, 1 Tim 5:22, What
does “laying on of hands” mean.
170
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
C. Concerning Pastors 5:17-25
1. Double honour to the elders that are devoted to preaching and teaching
17-18
2. Be cautious when accusing an elder of wrong doing have 2-3 wittnesses
19
3. Make public rebuke of sinning elders as an example 20
4. Do not put someone in office quickly 22
D. Concerning Slaves 6:1-2
Respect one another.
E. Concerning the Wealthy 6:3-19
6:6 Godliness with contenment is great gain
7 we can take nothing with us
8 be content
10 love of money is the root of all kinds of evil
Rather pusue 11-12
V. Concluding Charge to Timothy 6:20-21
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
1. Paul the apostle 1:4
2. This epistle was known and used by the church fathers
3. The early church regarded Titus as from Paul.
From Corinth 3:12; Acts 20:4
Written AD 65
171
III. Recipient
A. (Gal 2:3) He was a Greek believer
B. (Tit 1:4) Was saved under Paul’s ministry
C. His Responsibilities in Crete:
1. (1:10-13) He was to correct false teachings wrong lifestyles
2. (1:5) Develop good leadership
3. Organize the believers into local churches
D. According to Tradition: He died in Crete
IV. The Church in Crete
A. (Acts 2:11) Some Cretians were in Jerusalem on Pentecost; therefore Jews also
lived there.
B. (Acts 27:7-13) Paul was there before his first Roman Imprisonment
C. (Tit 1:5) After his 1st Roman imprisonment, Paul evangelized in Crete, and
some people were saved.
172
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
D. Afterwards Paul left for Macedonia, but Titus stayed behind to organize the
church.
E. The Cretian Stereotype (Tit 1:12-13): Headstrong, temperamental and a liar.
To “act like a Cretan” meant to lie.
V.
1. Straightforward and practical.
2. Not as encouraging as 1 Timothy, Titus must not have had some of the
needs that Timothy did.
B. Theme: the organization and spiritual oversight of the local church
C. Purpose:
1. Organize the church.
2. Deal with false teachers.
D. Message: The proper organization and spiritual oversight of the local church
depends on sound doctrine and a pure life.
AN OVERVIEW OF TITUS
Appoint
Elders
1:1
1:9
Reprove
False
Teachers
1:10 1:16
Put Things In Order
2:1
173
3:15
Subjects
The Defense of Sound
Doctrine
Conclusion
3:11 3:15
The church and false
doctrine
3:9 3:11
The church and the world
3:1
3:8
The church and its various
groups
2:1 2:15
Reprove false teachers
1:10 1:16
Appoint qualified elders
1:1
1:9
Divisions
The Practice of Sound Doctrine
Place
From Corinth (?)
Date
A.D. 65
SURVEY OF TITUS
I. Appoint Elders (1:1-9)
A. Introduction (1-4):
1:2 Eternal life is guaranteed on the basis that God cannot lie and he promises it.
B. The qualifications (5-9):
1:5 Purpose of leaving Titus in Crete: set things in order and appoint elders
1:6 Blameless, husband of one wife, faithful children,
No mention of deacons, possible they were smaller and not in need of formally
recognized deacons.
II. Reprove false teachers (v. 10-16)
A. How many were there? (v. 10)
174
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
Many
B. Who were they? (v. 10b, 14)
Circumcised ones; listen to Jewish fables, turned from the truth.
Commandments of men-possibly Judaizers.
C. What were they like? (v.11-13a)
They teach wrong beliefs for wrong reasons, money.—Pastor lawn service. 11
They are liars, lazy 12
D. What is the correct response? (v. 11a, 13-14)
1. (v. 9) Preach sound doctrine
2. (v. 11) Silence them
meaning: Muzzle them, do not permit them to speak these lies in the
Church
3. (v. 13) Rebuke them sharply
III. Put things in order (2:1-3:15)
A. The church and its various groups (2:1-15)
1. Elderly men (v. 1-2)
Sober, reverent, temperate, sound in faith, in love, in patience
2. Elderly women (v. 3-4)
a. Their character- reverent, not slanderers, not given to wine,
teachers of good things
b. Their work- Admonish younger women
With age and experience come wisdom, and many older women have discovered secrets of godly living
in relation to their husbands, children and neighbors and in the workplace that could save
younger women a lot of unnecessary grief.
Counseling
3. Young Women (v. 5)
(1) to be lovers of their husbands (to put their welfare before self-interests), (2) to be lovers of their
children, and (3) to be sensible (Gr. sophronas; self-controlled). They were also (4) to be pure (Gr.
hagnas) and (5) to be workers at home (Gr. oikourgous) producers of orderliness in the
home, 1 Tim. 5:14; not necessarily occupied exclusively with household chores). Finally
175
they were (6) to be kind (Gr. agthas) and (7) to be subject to their own husbands
Illustration: Cousin who despises her sister-in-law, for not being aggressive
4. Young Men (v. 6-8)
Sober-minded
5. The Overriding Principle (v. 11-15)
1. Such a lifestyle is possible by God’s grace 11
2. Christ’s return is our blessed hope 13
3. Christ redeemed us so that we can now live holy lives 15
B. The church and the world (3:1-8)
3:1 Be obedient to rulers and authorities.
3:2 Speak evil of no one.
3:3 Prior to salvation, the lives of the Cretians
C. The church and false doctrine (3:9-11)
1. Avoid foolish disputes, genealogies, etc.
-sometimes the best answer is no answer
2. Warn a divisive person, if he does not change have nothing to do with
him
Paul's First Roman Imprisonment
Paul's Last Roman Imprisonment
He had freedom in his house
(Acts 28:30)
He was in chains as a criminal (2:9)
Many visitors visited Paul
(Acts 28:30-31)
It became difficult and dangerous to
visit Paul (1:16-17)
Many fellow workers were with him
(Acts 28:17-31)
He was completely alone
(1:15)
He expected freedom (Phil. 1:25-26;
Philemon 22)
D. Conclusion (3:11-15)
He knew that he would die (4:6-8)
176
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
THE BOOK OF 2 TIMOTHY
INTRODUCTION
I. Circumstances
Differences between 1 and 2 Timothy:
A. Different Conditions – Freedom versus captivity
B. Different Emphasis – Local church life versus individual life
C. Different Feeling – cheerfulness versus solemness
D. Different Situation – Isolated persecution versus Neronian Persecution
II.
Author 1:1 Paul
III. Date
AD 67
Church tradition says Paul was executed before Nero’s suicide in June AD68
From Rome, during Paul’s 2nd imprisonment
IV. Recipient 1:2 timothy
V. Background
AD 64 Rome burned and blamed on the Christians
VI.
Theme The Faithful servant in difficult times
177
VI. Purpose: To encourage Timothy to continue the course despite the persecution that might await
him.
VII. Message The faithful servant should be prepared, because difficult times are
ahead
Stir up the
Gift of
God!
The illustrated service of
the faithful servant
2:1 2:26
The practical life of the
faithful servant
1:8 1:18
Don't be Ashamed!
Be Strong!
3:1
Difficult times
are Coming!
I have Fought
the Good Fight!
Place
From Rome, during Paul's final Roman imprisonment
Date
A.D. 67
AN OVERVIEW OF 2 TIMOTHY
178
4:22
The approaching death of
Paul
4:1 4:22
Subjects
2:26
Introduction
1:1
1:7
Divisions
1:1
The Faithful Servant in the
Approaching Trials
The approaching apostasy
3:1 3:17
The Faithful Servant in Present Trials
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
Answer Questions that were asked last hour
1 Tim 3:6: “same” not in the Greek text, but the idea is that the result of Satan’s pride
was being cast down, the same could happen to a pastor who has much pride, put out of
the pastorate. Puffed up.
5:22 Paul also urged Timothy to minimize the possibility of elder failure by being extremely careful
about whom he appointed in the first place. Laying on hands in this context probably refers to public
ordination (cf. 4:14; 2 Tim. 1:7) rather than to the restoration of repentant fallen elders. A person who
appoints a deficient candidate to office shares his guilt when his unacceptability surfaces. Since Timothy
occupied the seat of a judge he needed to stay free from sin himself.
SURVEY OF 2 TIMOTHY
I. The faithful servant in the present trials (1:1-2:26)
A. Introduction (1:1-7)
1:4,5 “Genuine faith” Timothy meant a lot to Paul. Paul had invested much time in his life, and he was
like a son. We all need Timothy’s in our lives. Think of the impact Paul had in someone else’s life.
Think about the impact people have had in your life. You can have the same influence in others. We all
need Timothys. We all need Barnabas as well. Someone to encourage us, someone to invest.
1:6 We must use the gifts God has given us, we cannot deprive the church of our gifts. We are a body
of believers, one person not doing his gift hurts the entire congregation. One eye that doesn’t work one
hand, etc.
General Booth, the founder of the Salvation Army, once sent this message to those under him: 'The
tendency of fire is to go out; watch the fire on the altar of your heart.' Anyone who has tended a fireplace
fire knows that it needs to be stirred up occasionally."
1:7 Why this verse now? Timothy appears to be Timid. Paul reminded him that such a spirit
is not from God. God makes us spiritually powerful. Like a preacher Paul softens the blow by saying
“us”, instead of you.
B. The practical life of the faithful servant (1:8-18)
1. Timothy should not be ashamed (v. 8-11)
179
Key thought: Don’t be ashamed (8,12,16)
Problem: The Neronian persecution had begun, and it would be very tempting to be ashamed of the
gospel, and be silent.
1. God has saved him -9
2. Christ has conquered death -10
The aorist tense of the Greek verb translated "be ashamed" (epaischunthes) indicates that Paul was not
implying that Timothy was already guilty of this. Because of opposition Timothy had evidently
experienced temptation to demonstrate some sign of embarrassment with the gospel and with Paul,
perhaps because he was in prison. The apostle reminded Timothy that he was in prison as Christ's
prisoner. The Lord had placed him there so there was no reason to feel ashamed about that. Rather,
Timothy should join his mentor in suffering for the gospel, by proclaiming it boldly.
2. Paul was not ashamed (v. 12-15)
Read verse 12, a statement of confidenc.
Phygelus and Hermogenes' names occur nowhere else in Scripture. They had been strong supporters of
the apostle in the past but had eventually turned from him as the rest.
Christians were turning when times became tough.
3. Onesiphoris was not ashamed (v. 16-18)
-He didn’t follow the crowd
-Did he die, Paul says to greet the household of, maybe he died for the cause.
C. The illustrated service of a faithful servant (2:1-26)
The importance of preaching with illustration. Paul did it, Christ did it. It re-inforces the
truth you proclaim.
1. Illustration 1 (1-2): Son
Timothy was Paul’s spiritual son, probably came to the Lord under his ministry on his
first journey. Grow in grace, like a child grows physically.
2. Illustration 2 (3-4): Soldier
Be a committed soldier to the cause. A soldier does not give up, does not turn around and
flee, does not allow his mind to stray to other things. Is focused on the battle at hand.
We must not loose sight of our cause, get entangled with the things of this world.
3. Illustration 3 (5): Athlete
There are rules to follow, do not give up the race.
". . . competitors at the Olympic Games had to swear an oath before the statue of Zeus that they had
been in strict training for ten months (Pausanias, Graec. deser. v. 24.9)."
As an athlete must deny self, endure hardship, and persevere to the end, so
must every spiritual athlete.
180
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
4. Illustration 4 (6-13): Farmer
Emphasized the toil necessary if one wants to enjoy the fruits of his or her labors. A farmer must
continue to sow seed and water it if he or she wants to harvest its fruit. Likewise the farmer for Christ
must plant and nourish the gospel seed if he or she eventually expects to reap the fruit of God's Word in
the lives of people.
The third couplet (v. 12b) is a warning. If the believer departs from following Christ faithfully during his
or her life (i.e., apostatizes), Christ will deny him or her at the judgment seat of Christ (Matt. 10:33;
Mark 8:38; Luke 12:9; cf. Luke 19:22; Matt. 22:13). The unfaithful believer will
not lose his salvation (1 John 5:13) or all of his reward (1 Pet. 1:4), but he will lose some of his reward
(1 Cor. 3:12-15; cf. Luke 19:24-26). To deny Christ clearly does not mean to deny Him only once or
twice (cf. Luke 22:54-62) but to deny Him permanently since the other three human
conditions in the couplets are permanent
But, he will not renege on his offer. Christ will not renege on His promises to save us (cf. 1 Cor.
1:9; 10:13; 2 Cor. 1:18-20; 1 Thess. 5:24; et al.) even though we may go back on our commitments to
Him (1 John 5:13).37 Christ's faithfulness to us should motivate us to remain faithful to Him
5. Illustration 5 (14-19): Worker
15 Be diligent, be proud of your work. Rightly divide the word of truth. Great
responsibility. James—Teacher beware.
17,18 Negative example of bad workers, not rightly dividing truth “the resurrection has
already taken place” we are living in the tribulation. Certainly times are tough but not
like what it will be.
6. Illustration 6 (20-23): Utensils
Great House- The Church
Clean vessel, for honor- Christians, able to be use
Common Utensils, for dishonor- unfaithful Christians.
The Lord knows who are His 2 Tim 2:19
Funny Illustration—John Kerry Favorite verse is John 16:3 (not John 3:16)
7. Illustration 7 (24-26): Servant
Serve humbly, like a servant does.
II. The faithful servant in the approaching trials (3:1-4:22)
A. The approaching apostasy (3:1-17)
1. Description of the last days. (1-5)
These days are now, the last days have started, but the
resurrection has not taken place.
181
2. Description of the false teachers. (v. 6-9)
1:8 Jannes and Jambres, not mentioned anywhere else, but possibly
two of the Egyptian magicians that opposed Moses. According to
Jewish tradition they became proselytes, and were instrumental in the
building of the golden calf, and died with the rest of these worshipers.
“folly will be manifest to all, as theirs also was”
If this is what is in mind, Paul speaks of false teachers who will come
from the church.
sufficient!
3. What will our reactions be like? (v. 10-17)is inspired, useful and
12- All who desire to live godly will be persecuted.
13 – The deception will get worse, and worse1212
16- Remain in the Word, it is inspired and useful;
2 Peter 1:21; 2 Peter 3:16
17 – Be equipped, the Word is the source of equipping, not other
sources, books, culture. Seminarys go bad when they abandon the
Word.
B. The approaching death of Paul (4:1-22)
1. Paul's final counsel (v. 1-5)
The Bible is inspired therefore…
2- Preach, convince, rebuke, exhort
The apostles are dying, but God’s Word will endure forever
2. Paul's coming death (v. 6-8)
6- Drink offering, was the final act of the Priests in the OT
Paul’s final offering to God
3. Paul's last words (v. 9-22)
i. Fellowship of believers (v. 9-12, 19-21)
9-Demas forsook Paul, only look
ii. The Scriptures (v. 13)
OT Scriptures
iii. Proclaiming the Word (v. 16-17)
182
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
iv. His relationship with God (v. 17-18)
THE PETRIE EPISTLES (A.D. 63-67)
I. The life of Peter
A. He came from Bethsaida (Jn. 1:44)
B. His father was Jonas(Mt. 16:17), and Andrew was his
brother (Mk. 1:16)
C. Andrew brought Peter to Christ (Jn. 1:40-42)
D. He was a fisherman when Jesus called him to be a disciple
(Mk. 1:16-17)
183
E. He was married and lived in Capernaum (Mt. 8:14)
F. Christ chose Peter to be an apostle (Mt. 10:2) and named
him Peter (Jn. 1:40-42; Mt. 16:18; Simon was his original name)
G. He was an eyewitness to some of the most important events in the NT:
1. Jesus entire earthly ministry (Acts 1:21-22);
particularly the Transfiguration (Mt. 17:1-5) and His
prayer in the Garden of Gethsemene.
2. Denied Christ three times, but was there when Jesus
died (Mt. 26:56-75)
3. Personally saw the empty tomb (Jn. 20:1-9), the risen
Christ (Lk. 24:34), and Christ's ascension (Acts 1:9-10)
4. Pentecost (Acts 2)
5. The Jerusalem Council (Acts 15)
H. He was the spokesman at Pentecost and a leader in the
Jerusalem Church (Acts 2)
I. He introduced the Gospel to the Jews (Acts 2), Samaritans (Acts 8), and the
Gentiles (Acts 10)
J. Afterwards traveled much:
1. Asia Minor (1 Pet. 1:1)
2. Corinth (1 Cor. 9:5, cf. 1:12)
3. Babylon (1 Pet. 5:13)
K. According to ancient tradition, was crucified in Rome (A.D. 66-67) under
the reign of Nero, he was crucified upside down, cf. John 21:18
184
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
II. Peter's epistles
BOOK
THEME
MAI TEACHIGS
DATE
1 Peter
Christian Suffering
*The resurrection gives hope
*Be holy, for God is holy
*Submit to every authority
*We should suffer with the attitude of
Christ
*Withstand Satan strong in the faith
A.D. 6465
2 Peter
False Teachers
*A godly life is necessary
*God's word is certain
*God will judge false teachers
*God desires every person to repent
*God's longsuffering leads to salvation
A.D. 6667
THE BOOK OF 1 PETER
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
Author claims to be Peter 1:1
Similar expressions to what was used in Peter’s sermons in Acts
1:17 Acts and 10:34
1:21; Acts and 2:32-36; 10:40-41
"The epistle has been well known and consistently acknowledged as
Petrine from the second century well into modern times. . . .
"Aside from the four Gospels and the letters of Paul, the external
attestation for 1 Peter is as strong, or stronger, than that for any NT book.
There is no evidence anywhere of controversy over its authorship or
authority"1
II. Date
The Babylon “problem”: Where was Peter when he wrote this letter ? 5:13
A. This not literally Babylon, but rather Rome
B. This is literal Rome
However this seems more likely to be a veiled, metaphorical reference to Rome where
Peter spent the last years of his life. John "Mark" was in Rome (Col. 4:10), with Paul also and is with
Peter when this is written. Why would Peter have called Rome Babylon? Probably he did so because
Rome was the capitol of the pagan world. The Christians had come to think of Rome as Babylon.
185
Babylon was then in decline, but it was formerly the world center of godlessness. The Bible uses
Babylon as a symbol of ungodliness as well as the name of a real town (cf. Rev. 17—
18). Similarly the name Hollywood is both a literal town name and the symbol of the industry for which
the town is famous.
The gospel of Mark was written by John Mark in Rome.
Peter wrote in 2 Peter that he expected to die shortly, therefore probably written from Rome.
C. Written around AD 64
He died in the mid 60’s under Nero’s rule. According to ancient tradition, was crucified in Rome
(A.D. 66-67) under the reign of Nero, and was crucified upside down. Jesus prophesied this: John 21:18
III. Recipients
A. They were mainly Jewish believers who lived in Asia Minor (1:1, 2:12)
B. There were also Gentiles among them (1:14,18; 2:9,10; 4:3,4)
IV. Background
Persecution of Christians was widespread (5:8-9) and unexpected (4:12)
The y were being physically abused (2:18-20)
They were being wrongly accused (4:4,5)
V.
A. Theme Christian Suffering
B. Purpose To encourage believers, who were being persecuted for their faith, to stand
strong (5:12).
186
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
.
C. Message Christian Persecution is inevitable, we must stand firm in the Lord
AN OVERVIEW OF 1 PETER
3:12 3:13
The Faithful Shepherd
5:1-4
5:14
The Faithful Christian
4:7-19
Submission and the
Family
3:1-12
Submission to Masters
2:18-25
Our New High Priestly
Calling
2:1-10
Our New Way of Life
1:13-25
Our New Birth
1:1-12
Submission and the State
2:13-17
2:10 2:13
1:1
The Christian’s Response to Persecution
Christian Faith
Christian Behavior
Christian Suffering
Holiness
Harmony
Humility
Faithful Young People
5:5-14
The Christian’s
Responsibility
The Proper Conduct
3:13-4:6
The Christian’s Calling
From Babylon
A.D. 62-63
SURVEY OF 1 PETER
I. The Christian’s Calling 1:1-2:10
A. Our New Birth 1:1-12
1 Peter 1:2; “elect according to foreknowledge” same word translated in verse 20 as
ordained—reference to Christ. Probably best translated foreordained here to. We were
elected or chosen, because of God’s foreordained plan.
187
Salvation to eternal life 3- Born again to a living hope.
Born Again to a Living Hope is the story of
tragedy turned to triumph. This is an incredible, true story of Pablo and Adriana, introducing two young people trapped by the
choices they had made, but freed by the answer to life's greatest question! Real life drama of two people trapped in despair
and dependence because of decisions they made.
We have a living a hope, because Christ lives.
4- We have an inheritance awaiting us, where are your treasures being stored, lay for
yourselves treasures in Heaven where moth and rust don’t corrupt and where thieves
don’t break in and steal, for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.
7-Your trials, bring glory to God when you are tested and proven faithful.
12- The OT saints were not expecting the Messiah to be a suffering servant. The
readers should find encouragement by looking at the prophets' limited understanding of their own
prophecies dealing with the suffering and glorification of Messiah. God would use their sufferings for
his glory.
Not even the angels know God’s purposes, they wait expecting, watching to see what God has planed.
We must be prepared… therefore … verse 13
B. Our New Way of Life 1:13-25
1. Holiness (13-16)
We are to practice holy lives, live pure lives reflecting the life of our master.
2. Reverence (17-21)
Fear, Respect for God’s power—in this case our judge, Reverence for God’s position as
sovereign, our Lord and savior.
Respect for power 17,18
Reverence for God’s position 19-21
3. Love (22-25)
Because we are born again to a living hope our lives should reflect love for the brethren.
C. Our New High Priestly Calling 2:1-12
2- Do you desire spiritual milk, like a new born babe.
Spiritual growth comes from being in the word. A baby does not grow to be an adult
unless it is fed the proper diet. Anyone desiring to grow must be fed.
188
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
9- We were chosen, and are royal priests
10- We didn’t use to be but we obtained mercy from God, does this sink in, we could
have been left out of the equation.
II. The Christian’s Responsibility 2:13-3:12
A. Submission and the State 2:13-17
13- “every ordinance of man” not the ones you like
B. Submission to Masters 2:18-25
18- Be obedient event to the harsh.
20 Take mistreatment without a word,
22-24 Christ is the example
C. Submission and the Family 3:1-12
1- Wives be submissive to husbands, your testimony is powerful enough to win your
lost husband.
7- Men honor your wives, do not take them for granted, treat and respect them like a
weaker vessel, she is not spiritually weaker, but physically needs your caring
protection, provision, and love.
8-12 Family of Christ
Be of one mind.
III. The Christian’s Response to Persecution 3:13-5:14
A. The Proper Conduct 3:13-4:6
14- blessing awaits those who suffer righteously—when suffering is not due them.
Two Difficult Passages:
1. 3:18-20
a. Christ preached through Noah to unbelievers who lived before the
flood.
189
b. Christ proclaimed his victory to those persons who did not respond
when Noah lived. They are now in Hell.
c. These are fallen angels, who now are under special punishment.
God showed longsuffering to the world that became evil quickly as the result of the
offspring of the fallen angels.
Gen 6:1-2 demons possessed men, and inhabited with women
“sons of God” angels, who possessed men”
between Christ’s death and resurrection he proclaimed victory over the angels who
were imprisoned.
2. 3:21
a. This is not speaking of physical baptism (removal of the filth)
b. This speaks of faith
-antitype, earthly expression of a spiritual reality
-baptism is a picture of God’s judgment (3:20)
-Noah’s response was faith
-Baptism with Christ, not physical but spiritual union, just like
the ark saved Noah and his family, Christ is our ark, saving us
spiritually not physically.
B. The Faithful Christian 4:7-19
12- Do not think trials are strange, be prepared
13- When suffering, you partake with Christ
14- You are blessed if reproached for God’s sake. God is glorified.
C. The Faithful Shepherd 5:1-4
4- A Special reward is given to the faithful shepherd
190
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
D. Faithful Young People 5:5-14
1 Peter 5:8 show the Lion King and the real lion.
Ladies and Gentleman, Satan wants to destroy you. If you plan to stand for Christ, he
will be attacking you. Be prepared, he is vicious, be in the Word, make sure you place
godly people around you for accountability and encouragement.
THE BOOK OF 2 PETER
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
A. The Problem: A. Some argue that it is impossible for Peter to have
written this epistle.
1. Style
i. 1st Peter’s style is beautiful, classic Greek
ii. 2nd Peter’s style is simple, common Greek
2. Vocabulary
A. The Solution:
1. Peter dictated first Peter, but wrote 2nd Peter by hand.
2. The vocabulary is not the same, because the theme is not the same.
3. The early church accepted 2nd Peter as inspired and from Peter.
4. The author claims to be Peter 1:1.
5. The author said this was his second letter 3:1
191
Paul’sBefore
Later Letters
Peter’s execution.
In Rome/Babylon
AD 66, 67; before Nero died in 68
III. Recipients The same as 1 Peter 1:2; Jews and Gentile church in Asia
Minor/Turkey
IV. Circumstances
1. Peter knows that false teachers were going to invade the church, he wanted to warn
them about this.
2. Peter knew that he would die soon and wanted to leave a written testament to them.
V.
B. Theme : False Teachers
C. Purpose: 1. To warn the church concerning the false teachers that would arise.
2. To give them an authoritative writing to be read and adhered to.
D. Message: False teachers are coming, fight for the truth.
192
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
AN OVERVIEW OF 2 PETER
Subjects
Final victory is sure, for the Day
of the Lord is coming
False teachers are coming and
will be dangerous
God's Word and the Apostolic
testimony are certain
Divisions
Description of False
The Refuting of False
Safeguards Against
Teachers
Teachers
False Teaching
2:22 3:1
1:21 2:1
3:18
1:1
Certainty
Warning
Place
from Rome?
Date
A.D. 66-67
Hope
SURVEY OF 2 PETER
I. God's Word and the Apostolic testimony are certain (1:1-21)
Why is it important for Peter to speak of the Scriptures here? Anything that is not in
conformity with the Word is not of God.
False Teachers—Benny Hinn; JC will appear on stage with me; All homosexuals in the
year ---- will die because of God’s judgment. He raised millions of dollars for a healing
theme park, and decided it wasn’t the Lord’s will right now. I saw an interview with the
security guard that was saying, Hinn was bragging that this old woman gave him her last
dollar to him.
If we don’t receive 3 million dollars, he is going to take my life. Send $$ and we will
send you a healing hankercheif.
The world is going to end, coolaid drinkers.
Show David Koresh pictures and read article
193
- called himself Jesus Christ, Waco Texas, collected arms and they fought resulting in
their deaths.
“make your election sure” Living the 7 virtues listed, one can make your salvation sure
to those watching. A testimony. Live out what you believe. Assurance does not come
from this, assurance comes from the promises of God.
Lordship salvation—no true assurance
11- One of the greatest motivations for purposing to grow in grace is that when we go to be with the
Lord forever He will welcome us warmly. Our Lord's welcome of those who have sought to express their
gratitude for His grace through a life dedicated to cultivating godliness will be especially warm.
14- Peter predicts his death, a reminder of these things, possibly a reference to Marks
writing of the coming gospel, if you take a later dating of Mark—written to whom—
Romans, or could be a reference to this Peterine letter.
A. The apostolic testimony (15-18)
Peter was an eyewitness of the transfiguration of Christ.
a)
Eye-wittness to the transfiguration of Christ
B. The Scriptures (19-21)
Scripture was not from men, not by man’s will, but God’s, who used holy men to record
His revelation as being led by the Holy Spirit.
Acts 4:13 “uneducated, and untrained” They did have a normal Jewish education, but
beyond that, nothing. This is a supernatural book.
II. False teachers are coming and will be dangerous (2:1-22)
A. The methods of false teachers (1-3a)
1. They will come from among believers (1)
2. They do not boldly deny the faith, but are crafty, teach false doctrines
alongside of the truth (1b)
-Seminary friend, Cord Miller, his Methodist Pastor told him: “I don’t
believe in the virgin birth” “I don’t believe in the resurrection” “I
don’t believe that redemption is through Christ Jesus.”
3. They will “even” deny redemption though the blood of Christ (1c).
194
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
4. Crowds will follow them (2)
-This is not necessarily a sign of blessing, numbers.
B. The judgment upon false teachers (3b-9)
b)
–The judge is not a sleep he will execute his judgment in the right time; just
as the fallen angels confined in the abyss, have been reserved for judgment.
He judged the depraved world during oah’s time. Peter links these two
events as he did in 1 Peter, the depravity of the World was enhanced by these
fallen angels children.
-Demons, offspring of fallen angels, the lives that died during oah’s
flood
Judgment upon Sodom and Gomorah. 6-8
He will save his children, and judge the wicked. 9
2.
C. The characteristics of false teachers (v. 10-22)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Like beasts, no sensitivity, no respect
Sin during the day, night even at night like most humanity. No shame.
Adulterous, covetous
Balaam—prophet for sale
Wells-empty, clouds that give no rain
III. The refuting of false teachers (3:1-18)
A. Their Doctrine (1-4): “Where is he now” no resurrection "Everything remains
as it was from the beginning." (v. 4) Therefore miracles are impossible, Christ's resurrection,
return, etc. Denial of the supernatural.
B. Peter’s Response (5-18)
1. (v. 5-7) Everything is not the same as it was! Ex: the Flood! Supernatural
activity.
2. (v. 8-9) Christ has not yet returned because God is patiently waiting, that people
would repent
3. (10-13) Everything will not be the same as it is now!
C. The Believer’s Proper Response (14-18)
195
THE BOOK OF JUDE
INTRODUCTION
I.
Author
A. He was James’ brother, and Jesus’ half brother Mark 6:3
B. He was still not a believer when Jesus was on the earth Jn 7:3-8
C. He was with the believers on Pentecost 1:13
D. He was probably married 1 Cor 9:5
II. Date and Place of Writin
1. Around AD 68 2. Some time shortly after peter’s writings
3. Location unknown
III. Recipients
Probably Jewish
He quotes from the OT
He quotes from Jewish Literatue
IV. Unique Features
A. Closely resembles 2 Peter
1. Jude quotes from 2 Peter (17,18)
2. Peter said the heretics are yet coming; Jude says they have now arrived.
196
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
B. He quotes from two non-inspired Jewish books
1. The assumption of Moses (9)
2. The book of Enoch (14,15)
V. Literary Considerations
B. Theme: False teachers
C. Purpose: To encourage believers to stand firm in the faith in the midst of these
false teachers.
D. Message: False Teachers are now here, therefore stand firm in the faith.
197
AN OVERVIEW OF JUDE
Warnings
Against False
Teachers
Subjects
The Explanation of Apostasy
Place
???
Date
After A.D. 65
SURVEY OF JUDE
I. Introduction: Jude's purpose (1-4)
II. Warnings against false teachers (5-16)
A. Past Failures and Subsequent Judgments (5-7)
198
Jude's doxology
24-25
Future judgment
14-16
Present Failures
8-13
The past failures and
subsequent judgments
5-7
4 5
Jude's purpose
1-4
Divisions
1
Exhortations Conclusion
to the
Faithful
24
25
23
16 17
Believers' responsibility
17-23
Introduction
The Cure for Apostasy
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
Three examples that show how God keeps his promises and his warnings.
1. Ancient Israel (5)
2. The angels who sinned (6)
3. Sodom and Gomorrah (7)
B. Present Failures (8-13)
10- Brute Beasts 2 Peter 2:12
Following the path of:
1. Cain (Gen. 4:1-8)-rebelled against God’s plan regarding appropriate sacrifices
2. Balaam (Num. 22-25)-was bought off, he comprised a plan for Balak to entice Israel
3. Korah (Num. 16:1-35)-The rejection of Moses, as appointed by God, received judgment,
“the earth opened its mouth and swallowed them up.”
C. The Future Judgment (14-16)
III. Exhortations to the Faithful (17-23)
A. Remember the Apostles’ Warnings (17-19)
2 Peter warned you, it is now!
199
19—Those that intentionally cause divisions may not have the Spirit, in otherwords
unbelievers.
B. Be strong in the faith (20)
C. Pray in the Spirit (20)
D. Keep yourself in the love of God (21)
E. Help others (22-23)
F. Stay pure (23)
IV. Conclusion (24-25)
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
ITRODUCTORY ISSUES
I. Recipients
A. They were Jewish, because of the traditional title of the book ("To the He brews") and the book's
general argument and outlook, with its many Jewish references.
B. They were Christians, because they were called "brothers" (3:1, 12; 10:19; 13:1,22) and 'dear friends"
(6:9), and because they had suffered for their faith ( 10:32). They had come to the Lord through
eyewitnesses of Christ (2:3).
C. They were Jews in one local assembly, not Jews in general, because of personal references in 12:4
and 13:19, 23-24.
D. Proposed Locations: Alexandria, Jerusalem, Rome
E. I thing the best evidence points to Rome.
-Earliest writings referring to this book are from Rome.
-Heb 13:24 Those from Italy send you greetings
200
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
- Timothy was known to the church in Rome
(Philemon 1:1; Col 1:1)
-Loss of property (10:33,34), and expelling of Jews took place in Rome
II. Author
A. Not original apostle (2:3)
B. Knew Greek very well
C. Knew the Hebrew scriptures well
D. Knew the Levitical system very well
E. Apparently known by the original recipients (13:18-24)
F. Had a working relationship with Timothy (13:23)
Conclusion: Based on content: Perhaps Paul and/or Luke — good Greek, knowledge of Hebrew,
deep theology, However style doesn’t seem to fit Paul by himself, maybe Paul with Timothy.
Others suggested: Barnabas, Apollos, Priscilla, Aquilla, Barnabas
Clement of Alexandria propose Paul wrote it in Hebrew, and Luke translated it into
Greek. Or Paul could have used a secretary—Luke with some literary freedom.
Jerome, Augustine popularized the view in the west-Pauline, and in the East believe.
All other NT Scripture were written by chief apostles.
Augustine: only God knows, but we do know the Holy Spirit is the real author.
Not of those who heard, Heb 2:3,4
Imprisoned, Heb 10:34
III. Date
A. It was probably written before A.D. 70 because the temple was still standing and Levitical priests were
still functioning (7:27; 8:3-4, 13; 9:13; 10:1-4, 11; 13:11).
B. He doesn’t write about the destruction of the temple - >So, before AD 70
C. Persecution was imminent (10:32-36; 12:4).
D. Nero's persecution started in A.D. 64.
Conclusion: Perhaps around 64-68??
IV. Historical Background
A. Traditional Jews were trying to convince Jewish believers to live according to the Levitical system
B. They had experienced persecution including even confiscation of property, but not martyrdom (
10:32-34;12:4).
C. They were in danger of drifting from their profession (3:1; 4:14), and they were in danger of losing
heart (12:3).
We must understand the setting in which the author writes is one of previous persecution, as well as
pending future persecution. The persecution is not only from the government but also from their fellow
Jews, non-Christian Jews who were persecuting them for their professions of belief in Christ. It would
be easy under those circumstances to throw in the towel and return to the “easier” way. These recipients
are tempted to return to the old ways of the Law, and in doing so turning their back upon the complete
atoning sacrifice of Christ.
V. Structure and style
A. Hebrews is a treatise (with logical arguments) and an epistle (with practical
exhortations). Every argument is the basis of a warning and an exhortation.
B. 5 Warning passages:
201
1. neglect (2:1-4)
4. rejection (10:26-31)
2. disobedience (3:7-4:13)
3. immaturity (5:11-6:20)
VI.
5. refusal (12:25-29)
Purpose of the book of Hebrews
To persuade Jewish believers that the Old Covenant has been replaced by a more superior covenant.
VII. The Theme
The superiority of the New Covenant and its Mediator, Jesus Christ
VIII. The Message
The superiority of the New Covenant and its Mediator should persuade Jewish believers that the Old
Covenant has been replaced by the New Covenant.
OVERVIEW OF THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
THE SUPERIORITY OF CHRIST
1:1
Topics
1:4 1:5
2:183:1
4:13 4:14
7:28 8:1
Christ’s Nature
8:13
9:1 10:18 10:19
Christ’s Work
Doctrine
Responsibilities
to Others under
the New
Covenant
The Superior Lifestyle of a
Superior Covenant
Responsibilities
to God under the
New Covenant
The Superior
Nature of His
Covenant
Superior to the
High Priests
Superior to
Moses
Superior to
Angels
Superior to the
Prophets
Divisions
The Superior
Results of His
Covenant
Christ: His
Superior Covenant
Mediation
Christ: The Superior Covenant Mediator
12:29 13:1
Christ’s Disciples
Practice
Place
Place of writing unknown (possibly Italy)
Time
A.D. 64-68?
SURVEY OF HEBREWS
202
13:25
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
I. Christ: The Superior Covenant Mediator (1:1-7:28)
A. Introduction: Christ is superior to the prophets (1:1-4)
Read Text 1:1-3; Previously men carried the message of God, now we have a word from the Son of God, who created
the world, and sustains all things by his very words. A new mediator far greater than any prophet.
1. Previous revelation through the prophets (1:1)
There is continuity here God gave his revelation through a mediator, but the prophets
were 1) temporary 2) just men
2. Present revelation through the Son (1:2-3)
1) The Son is permanent because he is more than just a man,
2) More than a prophet, He is the prophet (Dt. 18:15-19)
3. Conclusion: (1:4)
The credentials of the Son demonstrate his superiority as an agent of revelation. He is
Prophet, Priest, King. He has the right to proclaim new revelation. Angels were there for
the 1st Covenant (Dt. 33:2)
B. Christ is superior to angels (1:5-2:18)
1. His superior relationship to the Father (1:5-14)
Read and comment on verse 13. Verse 14, who is the author speaking of? Believers, Angels minister to believers..The
author says because Jesus is far greater than the angels we must listen to his commands, so that we don=t drift away.
Warning #1: (2:1-4)
2:2 Angels were instrumental in the passing down of the Mosaic Covenant Deut 33:1,2
The danger of negligence. Can a genuine believer drift away. Before you answer that question stop to examine your own life, you
realize how easily we our lead astray, how quickly we choose wrong doing. We have a new nature, but our old nature still resides as
well. Becareful that you don=t drift. 2:4 Signs and Won
Participation in the promise requires faithful perseverence
(This is the promise God made to Abraham — see 6:13)
2. His superior relationship to men (2:5-18)
Why did the Savior of the World have to be human? 1. Vs 14 Destroy the power of death, 2. Vs 17,18 To become our merciful
HP, help us in our times of temptation. See 4:15, 16 Are you coming to him? 1Co10:13
203
This is a big deal to the Jews. Moses was the man, he was the one who delivered the Old Covenant, he was God=s chosen
man, highly respected. It=s a BIG DEAL!!
C. Christ is superior to Moses (3:1-4:13)
1. His superior relationship to God the Father and to men (3:1-6)
204
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
Warning #2: (3:7-4:13)
The danger of disobedience. Do not harden you hearts like the Israleites in the wilderness, who did not enter
Arest@ VS 13 AHardened by sins deception.@ What is rest here? Vs 14, we can loose our priveledge of
partnering with Christ, the responsibility of serving with him in the coming rest.
4:8,9 Seems to point to a coming time, era of rest. The Millennium. A Sabbath rest remains for the people of
God. It falls in line with the New Covenant. The New Covenant includes fulfilling to the people of God and
the nation of Israel a future earthly reign.
D. Christ is superior to the high priests (4:1-7:28)
1. His superior relationship to men (4:14-16)
He has faced not every sin, but every kind of sin. I Jn. Lust of eyes, flesh, pride of life.
2. His superior relationship to God the Father (5:1-10)
Warning #3: (5:11-6:20)
The Danger of Immaturity, 5:12 You should be teachers, 6:4“enlightened” tasted the heavenly gift” Strong experiential
language. If they weren’t believers surely the author would have used heard believed, knew but...
Hand out Zuck’s “Four Views” Constable’s Commentary: To what is it impossible for an apostate to be renewed? The
writer said it is repentance, not forgiveness or salvation. Immediately the question arises whether this explanation is realistic
since some believers who have departed from the truth have repented and returned to the fold of thefaithful. I believe the
writer meant that in the case of apostates, the reallyhard cases who are persistently hostile to Christ, it is impossible to
restoresuch people to repentance (cf. vv. 1, 3, 7-8).177 This inability to repent is the result of sin's hardening effect about
which the writer had sounded a warning earlier (3:13)."God has pledged Himself to pardon all who truly repent, but
Scripture and experience alike suggest that it is possible for human beings to arrive at a state of heart and life wherethey can
no longer repent."178
Even God cannot renew these apostates to repentance because He has chosen not to do so. 6:12
Relinquishing the rights to blessings in the Millennial Kingdom.
6:10 He does not forget your hard work!
3. His superior priesthood compared to Melchizedek
(7:1-28)
Highly theological / theoretical argument: 1) The greater blesses the lesser, 2)
Melchizedek was greater than Abraham, 3) Melchizedek was greater than Levi, Aaron
4) Christ is like Melchizedek, 5) Therefore Christ is greater than Abraham, or any of his
descendants, including the priests
7:11 The Lev. Priesthood was not sufficient; 7:27 However, Christs= once and for all offering is good, no longer need Lev. Offerings
therefore stop!!!!! The OT priests entered once a year. Our HP is in the very presence of God daily, on our behalf. We have Direct access to
God, on a daily basis!!!DO you understand this priveledge!
205
II. Christ: His superior covenant mediation (8:1-10:18)
Who Jesus
wasof➙Christ
(ch. 1-7)
Paul’s Later Letters
The Era
and the Church
What Jesus did ➙ (ch. 8-10)
A. The superior nature of His covenant (8:1-8:13)
What is the New Covenant? How much has been fulfilled, what is yet to be fulfilled? Christ=s blood is
NC, law written on our hearts and minds.
1. Superior mediation reflects a superior covenant (8:1-6)
Melchizedek, who is this? Relatively little is said about him. Read
Man, angel, Christophony
2. The perfect, completed work of the New Covenant Mediator (8:1-2)
Christ’s mediation was so superior that it was ultimate and final
3. The imperfect continual work of the Old Covenant mediators (8:3-5)
1) Their mediation was inferior,
2) the tabernacle was a copy,
3) the sacrifices were insufficient, 4) they were sinners themselves
New Covenant mediation is better than Old Covenant mediation
B. The superior new covenant introduced (8:7-13)
1. The need for the New Covenant (8:7-9)
The fact that it was prophesied indicates that it was 1) needed, 2) part of God’s plan
There was no problem with the covenant itself, but with the people who were
responsible to it
A new covenant was needed that could adequately deal with failure / sin
2. The effect of the New Covenant (8:10-12)
Jeremiah 31 - all Israel will believe
For the first time “believing Israel” = “national Israel”
The ew Covenant renders the Old Covenant obsolete
This is the first clear statement concerning the Jewish believer’s relationship
to the Law of Moses and his present responsibilities in Christ
206
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
8:13 The old is obsolete, it has been replaced by the New.
C. The superior results of His covenant (9:1-10:18)
1. The Old Covenant was external and temporary (9:1-10)
9:10 Old Covenant was temp. until God=s perfect time.
2. The New Covenant is Internal and Eternal (9:11-15)
9:12 Entered not by the blood of bulls but his own.
3. The temporary Old Covenant required sacrifice (9:16-22)
9:22 Without the shed blood there is no forgiveness of sins.
4. The eternal New Covenant requires a better sacrifice (9:23-10:4)
9:25 The New mediator didn=t enter an earthly tabernacle made by man...but by God.
10:1 The Old is just a glimpse of the New; The Old and New Contrasted 10:1-5;
5. Conclusion: The New Covenant replaces the Old Covenant (10:5-18)
III. The superior lifestyle of a superior covenant (10:19-13:25)
1. Responsibilities to God under the New Covenant (10:19-12:29)
i. Perseverence (10:19-25)
Warning #4: (10:26-39)
The Danger of Rejection. Get in the mind of an OT person and the levitical system. The author is
telling them not to return to the old system, make sacrificB> sinB> make sacrificeB>sin. For those
sacrifices will not forgive sin. You will face the judgment of God for your actions. This is referring to
the judgement of works, not of salvation. 11:31 It is a terrifying... We must not take sin for granted. No
playing around.
ii. Faith (11:1-40):
207
The definition 11:1; Impossible to please w/o 11:6
11:25 Very practical for their abusive context, circumstances.
Paul’s Later11:31
Letters
Eraright
of Christ
WasThe
Rahab
to lie? and the Church
11:36 Not all good came to those who exercised faith.
iii. Discipline (12:1-13) Beautiful passage of exhortation 12:1-2
iv. Holiness (12:14-17)
v. Reverence (12:18-24)
Warning #5: (12:25-29) Danger of Refusal
12:25 The author compares Moses speaking and rejection to God=s speaking from Heaven.
The readers are called to heedYahweh, for an eschatological shaking is coming in which the
earthly material order will pass away, leaving only an eternal kingdom. The faithful readers
who endure will have a part in the eschatological kingdomCthe millennium and the New
Jerusalem as 'companions' ofJesus, the Messiah-King (1:9, 13-14). This kingdom will
become an eternal kingdom.
E. Responsibilities to Others under the New Covenant (13:1-13:25)
1. Love for the brethren and strangers is demonstrated by
hospitality (13:1-2)
13:2 Interesting, Angels
2. Love for spouses is demonstrated by fidelity (13:4)
13:4 There is judgment
3. Confidence in God is demonstrated by freedom from greed (13:5-6)
4. Confidence in Christ is demonstrated by stability in doctrine
(13:7-10)
5. Worship of God is demonstrated by sacrificial praise and
service (13:11-16)
6. Submission to authority is demonstrated by obedience to
leaders (13:17)
208
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
7. Concluding remarks (13:18-25)
Close class by bowing heads and reading 13:20-21
5 WARNING PASSAGES
Disobedience to God and His Word will result in a forfeiting of eschatological rewards;
obedience to God and His Word will result in againing of eschatological rewards."
209
THEOLOGICAL
1) GodSUMMARY
is Holy
I. God
2) God is Faithful
3) God is Love
4).God is Just
A. The attributes of God.
B. The work of God
C. The program of God
II. Christ
A. The preexistence of Christ
B. The deity of Christ
C. The humanity of Christ
D. The titles of Christ
E. The offices of Christ
210
THE BOOK OF HEBREWS
F. The work of Christ
III. The Holy Spirit
1) Author of Scripture - 3:7; 9:8; 10:15
2) Signs, wonders, gifts and the proclamation of the Gospel - 2:4
3) His role in salvation - 6:4-6
4) Rejection of Christ and His work, an insult - 10:29
IV. Angels
V. Man
A. His position
B. His responsibility
1) to God
2) to spouses
3) to others in general
C. The role of faith in this life
VI. Sin
A. The results of sin
B. The response of God
VII. Salvation
211
EPISTLES OF JOH
ITRODUCTORY ISSUES
I. Author
A. Early church fathers spoke about John being the author
1. Iranaeus (130-200AD), a student of Polycarp, who was a student of John
2. Clement of Alexandria (150-215 AD)
3. Tertullian (155-220 AD)
B. Many Phrases found in other Johanine writings
Similar Statements
I John 1:2-3
John 3:11
I John 1:4
John 16:24
I John 2:11
John 12:35
I John 2:14
John 5:38
I John 3:5
John 8:46
I John 3:8
John 8:14
I John 3:13
John 15:18
I John 3:14
John 5:24
I John 3:16
John 10:15
I John 3:22
John 8:29
I John 3:23
John 13:34
I John 4:6
John 8:47
I John 4:16
John 6:69
I John 5:9
John 5:32
I John 5:20
John 17:3
C. Several Phrases found only in Johanine writings
1.
2.
3.
4.
The Word of God: John 1:1; 1 John 1:1; Rev 19:13)
your joy will be complete: John 16:24; 1 John 1:4
walking in darkness: John 3:21; 1 John 1:6
a new command: John 13:34; 1 John 2:8
A.
B.
C.
D.
Iraneaus states that John wrote his Gospel from Ephesus (where he was pastor)
Early writings place John in Ephesus in his later years
Use of Teknia-children
Probably 85-95 AD
III. Recipients
212
EPISTLES OF JOH
A. 1 John
1. Written to believers
2. Early church said John’s ministry was in Asia Minor/Turkey, confirmed by the book
of Revelation and the 7 churches.
3. Probably a circular letter for the churches in Asia Minor
B. 2 John “The chosen lady and her children” 1:1
1. An individual lady and her children.
2. A specific church and its members.
a. No personal names
b. Not uncommon to personify churches and cities with female names.
c. Verse 5,13 use personal pronouns as if referring to a group of believers.
C. 3 John
IV. Historical setting / circumstances
A. 1 John
1. The fervor or commitment of the first generation of Christians had begun to wane. Doctrinal
deviations had arisen. It appears that there was 2. an early form of gnosticism. 3. The teaching that
the body is evil, and the spirit is good. Christ did not come in the flesh, because the body is evil. It is
OK to be worldly since that is relating to the flesh and not the Spirit. This is what John seeks to refute.
He does so in the very first two verses. I John 1:1-2 Many have thought they were Gnostics who held
to a strict dualism in which spiritual and material things were sharply distinguished. Others have seen
the letter as directed against Docetism, the belief that Jesus’ humanity was not real and that He only
appeared to have a physical body. Often too, the letter is thought to refute the heresy of Cerinthus.
According to church tradition, Cerinthus lived in Roman Asia and was strongly opposed by the Apostle
John. Cerinthus taught that Jesus was only a man and that the divine Christ descended on Jesus at His
baptism and left Him before the Crucifixion.
Gnosticism: The foundation-stone of this belief was a radical cosmological dualism, i.e. the belief
that the created world was evil, and was totally separate from and in opposition to the world of
spirit. The supreme God dwelt in unapproachable splendour in this spiritual world, and had no
dealings with the world of matter. The readers had been confronted with false teachers, whom
John called antichrists (1 John 2:18-26). Look at 2:22; 4:21
B. 2 John
Recipients of this letter were receiving and helping heretical teachers. 10,11.
Disciples of the apostles went from church to church to proclaim the gospel and make
disciples. False teachers sometimes followed this pattern.
C. 3 John
213
1. Diotrephes was refusing to welcome preachers sent by John.
2. Gaius welcomed them and supported them.
V. Foundational considerations of
A. 1 John
1. Theme
Fellowship with God
2. Purpose
1. To warn against false teaching. 2. To help believers experience the
fullness of Eternal life, deep fellowship with God.
3. Message
1:3,4 The fullness of eternal life can be experience through true fellowship with
God
4. Key verses 1:3-4; not 5:11-13
TEST OF LIFE OR TEST OF FELLOWSHIP
5. Key Words
Know- 33Xs, Abide in Him, Fellowship
B. Foundational considerations of 2 John
1. Theme
Fellowship in the Truth
2. Purpose
a. Exhor this church to walk in truth.
b. Exhot this church not to participate with false teachers.
3. Message
Fellowship in the truth is demonstrated by love for one another, obedience to God and
rejection of false teachers.
214
EPISTLES OF JOH
4. Key verses
verses 9-10
C. Foundational considerations of 3 John
1. Theme
Faithfulness to the truth
2. Purpose
a. Commend Gaius
b. Rebuke Diotrephes
c. Prepare the way for Demetrius
3. Message
Faithfulness to the truth is demonstrated by supporting the brethren.
4. Key verses
3-4, 11
OVERVIEW OF JOH’S FIRST EPISTLE
FELLOWSHIP WITH GOD
Divisions
The Basis of Fellowship with God
Principles
of
Fellowship
1:1
Topics
Results of Fellowship with God
Commands
of
Fellowship
2:14 2:15
Characteristics
of
Fellowship
2:29
3:1
4:6
Confidence
of
Fellowship
4:7
God’s Light
God’s Love
Darkness in the World
Victory over the World
Place
Ephesus?
Time
A.D. 85-95
215
5:21
OVERVIEW OF JOH’S SECOD EPISTLE
FELLOWSHIP I THE TRUTH
Divisions
The Truth of God
Fellowship
in the
Truth
1
Topics
The Lies of Men
Obedience
to the
Truth
Content
of the
Lie
34
6
Results
of the
Lie
7
8
Obedience to Right Teaching
Sharing
in the
Lie
9 10
Final
Remarks
11 12
13
Rejection of False Teaching
Place
Ephesus?
Time
A.D. 85-95
OVERVIEW OF JOH’S THIRD EPISTLE
FAITHFULESS TO THE TRUTH
Divisions
Commendation of Gaius
Faithfulness
to the
Truth
1
Topics
Condemnation of Diotrophes
Faithlessness
to the
Brethren
Faithfulness
to the
Brethren
4 5
89
Faithlessness
to the
Truth
10 11
12
Goodness
Evil
Acceptance
Rejection
Place
Ephesus?
Time
A.D. 85C95
216
Final
Remarks
13
EPISTLES OF JOH
SURVEY OF FIRST JOH
I. The basis for fellowship with God (1:1-2:29)
Starts very similar to John 1:1 In the beginning was the word. I Jn 1:1 What was from the
bginning what we have heard. Increasing intimacy, knew about, heard, saw, touched. The
author had an intimate relationship with the Lord. He was the one who laid on Christ’s breast
in the upper room, the one he leaned back to and said the one who has taken this sup is the
one who will betray me. He is the one who Jesus on the cross commissioned to take care of
his mother. I AM an apostle, I have true fellowship with the father, and you can too. But not
if you follow the example of the wolves in sheep clothingg, the anti-Christs who are out
there. This book is about fellowship/relationship. Not salvation. This is the key verse.
A. Principles of fellowship (1:1-2:14)
followers not only enjoy fellowship with God but that they also continue to grow in their fellowship.
If the readers share in this truth and experience then joy will be the result. The conditional factor in
this situation is the reader's reception of the apostle's message. The Word of Life has appeared, and
been proclaimed, it must now be obediently received if the goal is to be obtained.
1. The Son, the Word of Life, is a physical and spiritual reality
(1:1-2)
2. Fellowship with the Father is possible through the Son (1:3-1:4)
No Greater Joy than this, that my children walk in truth. Illustration: Ben Cook
3. Pre-Gnostic Teaching Contrasted with Genuine Principles of
Fellowship
Verse 6 begins a series of six if-clauses which end in 2:1. These divide into three pairs, each
pair consisting of If we say… followed by a negative statement (representing the claims of
the secessionist opponents and their results, vv. 6, 8, 10) and But if… followed by a positive
statement (representing the counterclaims of the author of 1 John, in vv. 7, 9, and 2:1).
a. Pre-Gnostic Teaching
i. 1:6 You can sin and be in fellowship with God at the
same time. Sin is committed by the material body.
1:6 God is light. You cannot have this dualism that exists, continue in sin and yet say that you are
walking in fellowship. It is not possible to be living in sin, and living in fellowship at once. Either you
are walking in sin, or are out fellowship with God, or you are being obedient to God and in fellowship
with God.
217
ii. 1:8 We are not at fault for our sin. The evil material
is to blame.
iii. 1:10 We have not sinned because sin takes place in
the body and not the soul.
iv. 2:2 Only the elite can know God.
b. Genuine Principles of Fellowship
i. 1:7 You cannot sin and be in fellowship with God at
the same time. Fellowship with God can only take place
when you are in the right standing with Him and your
brother.
ii. 1:9 We bear the guilt for our own sin, but confession
of sin will restore our fellowship with God.
iii. 1:10-2:2 We are sinners, but we have an advocate
who has paid the penalty for our sins, thus providing us
the opportunity of fellowship with God.
iv. 2:2 Christ died for all, so that all can know Him
personally.
And not our sins only, but the whole world. Limited Atonement.
4. The basis for confidence of fellowship is obedience (2:3-8)
2:3 The false teachers were saying you can disobey God and still know him. But John
tells us to truely know God, to have a deep fellowship with God, one must be obedient to
HIM. 2:4 LIARS, these men who seek to persuade you differently are liars. Not very
politically correct. Can you imagine George Bush, saying Al Core you are a big fat liar.
A test of fellowship is: 1. obedience to God 2:5. NOT A TEST OF SALVATION, we
are IN HIM, abiding, fellowshiping with GOD. 2:6 2. walk as Jesus walked
5. The test of fellowship with the Father is fellowship with one
218
EPISTLES OF JOH
another (2:9-11)
6. John’s purpose is to encourage the children of God concerning
fellowship with God (2:12-14)
B. Commands of fellowship (2:15-2:29)
1. Do not love the world system or the things of the world (2:15-17)
Notwithstanding, those who do God's will abide (remain, live) forever. Since all
Christians will live forever (John 10:28), John was not saying we attain eternal life by
our obedience. However, we abide (i.e., enjoy intimate relationship with God,
experience our eternal life abundantly)now as well as after death when we obey God.
2. Do not believe those who deny that Jesus is the Christ (God in
the flesh) (2:18-27)
2:19 They went out from us- Not beleivers, what is the context. Many point to
this and say those who have left the church, were never believers, just professors.
2:22 Another attack against the “anti-christs”
2:25 They were probably being told that they weren’t believers.
2:24 Continue in the truth, not what these are teaching, so you can continue in true fellowship.
3. Remain in Christ with faithful obedience (2:28-29)
II. The results of fellowship with God (3:1-5:21)
A. Characteristics of fellowship (3:1-4:6)
1. Rejection by the world (3:1)
2. Hope of the Son’s return (3:2-3)
We are like God now in part, but we will become more like God as a result of seeing
him as he really is. "A child of God is here and now, indeed, like a diamond that is
crystal white within but is still uncut and shows no brilliant flashes. Because we have
this hope (confidence) we seek to purify ourselves, rather than exercise lawlessness.
Again going against the heretical teachings of the “anti-Christs”
3. Righteousness as a way of life (3:4-10)
219
3:4 Sin is a product of ignorance and blindness toward God. “No one who sins has seen
Him or known Him” (v. 6b). Sin can never come out of seeing and knowing God. It can
never be a part of the experience of abiding in Christ. “No one who abides in Him sins”
(v. 6a). NOT TEACHING: sinless perfection, nor that believers can’t habitually sin.
That would be the way a TEST of Life/Relationship would interpret this.
4. Love for other believers (3:11-21)
3:8,9 The explanation here is the same as that given in verse 6. The “new man” (or
“new self”; Eph. 4:24; Col. 3:10) is an absolutely perfect new creation. By insisting on
this point, John was seeking to refute a false conception about sin. Sin is not, nor ever
can be, anything but satanic. It can never spring from what a Christian truly is at the
level of his regenerate being. All sin is devilish (1 John 3:8); it does not stem from the
believer’s regenerate nature, God’s seed, but the child of God cannot and does not sin.
DO NOT BE DECIEVED, bold statements to refute, contradict what these guys were
saying.
John again warns his readers against those who teach false doctrine. Their spirit is not
from God. A good test of a false teacher is what the believe about Christ. Anyone who
attacks either the humanity of the Son or the deity of the son teaches false doctrine.
This is the case with the pre-gnostics. This is not to say everyone that says Jesus Christ
is from God teaches truth, but this is a general guideline tgiven by the apostle,
especially in mind of the pre-gnostics.
5. Belief that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh (4:1-3)
6. Ability to discern truth and error (4:4-6)
B. Confidence of fellowship (4:7-5:21)
1. Genuine love for believers demonstrates genuine fellowship
with God (4:7-12)
I JN 4:8 The reason is simple, God is love, threfore if you are abiding in him, if you are
in fellowship with Him you are exercising Love. Again this is a test of fellowship, not
relationship. This does not mean if you are not excercising the Love of God all the time
then you wer enver born of God. Becareful ladies and gentlemen that we do not
become judges of men’s hearts. God is the only judge. Believers are capable of sin,
even great sin, we cannot point to an individual and say, he says he is a believer, but he
sure doesn’t
2. Genuine faith in Christ demonstrates genuine fellowship with
God (4:13-16a)
4:15 What does this word confession imply? Anyone that merely professes? Anyone
220
EPISTLES OF JOH
who says I believe in God without mentioning whether they believe in God’s Son? No
confession is used here as the outward profession of an inward decision. Not simply
speaking words, but speaking words that reflect the heart felt decision.
3. Genuine love replaces fear with confidence (4:16b-18)
4. Lack of genuine love for believers demonstrates a fellowship
problem with God (4:19-21)
5. Genuine love is demonstrated by obedience to God (5:1-3)
6. Genuine victory over sin is possible only through faith in
Christ (5:4-12)
5:6,9 Another teaching to refute the false teachers, Christ came in the “flesh”. Possibly
a reference to Christs baptism-water where God said, this is my Son... and the blood a
wittness to his death, when the skies were blackened and the veil rip, and the ceturion
said surely this was the Son of God. Jesus did not become Christ at his baptism and
los=e it at the cross. On both occasions the father witnessed to the diet7 of His Son.
7. We can be confident of eternal life when we believe (5:13)
This is not the key verse of the passage, the reason for which the author wrote, but
rather it is a reference to the immediate context upon which the author has een
speaking. These things have I written... whtat I just told you, I wrote so you can know.
Apparently these false teachers were telling them that they were not believers. So, if
you have believed in Jesus hrist for salvation, you can rest assured. You see the
problem if you look at this whole book, as a test of salvation, and this verse the key
verse?
8. We can be confident of answered prayer when it is according
to God’s will (5:14-16)
5:16 SIN UNTO DEATH, Comes when your out of fellowship with God
5:20 WE CAN KNOW GOD, He has made it so that we can have deep fellowship with
Him. What a priveledge. May we be careful, and sensitive to seek to abide, to
fellowship, to walk with God, and that is exemplified by our obedience to His
commands, exclusion of false teaching, and loving the bretheren.
9. We can be confident that God keeps us from eternal harm (5:17-20)
10. Stay away from idols C those things that replace true
fellowship with God (5:21)
221
SURVEY OF SECOD JOH
I. Greeting (1-3)
II. The truth of God (4-6)
A. Commendation for walking in the truth - the source of John’s joy
(4)
B. Command to love one another - not a new command (5)
C. Characteristic of love - obedience (6)
III. The lies of men (7-11)
A. The content of the lie (7)
B. The results of the lie (8-9)
C. Warning against participation in the lie (10-11)
IV. Final remarks (12-13)
SURVEY OF THIRD JOH
222
EPISTLES OF JOH
I. Greeting (1)
II. Commendation of Gaius (2-8)
A. Faithfulness to the truth (2-4)
B. Faithfulness to the brethren (5-8)
III. Condemnation of Diotrophes (9-12)
A. Faithlessness to the brethren (9-10)
B. Faithlessness to the truth (11-12)
IV. Final remarks (13)
223
THE REVELATIO OF JESUS CHRIST
ITRODUCTORY ISSUES
I. Title
“The Revelation of Jesus Christ”
II. Author
A. The Author calls himself John 1:1; 1:4; 1:9; 22:8
B. Early church fathers affirm that this book was written by John the apostle
C. Almost all conservative evangelicals from the 1st century to the present have accepted
Revelationo be written by the apostle John.
Those that didn’t’ such as Erasmus, Luther, Zwingli, did not due to its theologogical nature , a
literal 1000 year reign of Christ.
III. Date and place of writing
A. “On the Isle of Patmos because of the Word of God (1:9)
B. Early Church fathers affirm that this book was written from the island of Patmos
C. He was exciled under the reign of Domitian
D. Given these details, and knowing that John was released and returned to Ephesus after
Domitians death (96AD) a 95-96 AD date is reasonable.
IV. Recipients
A. Christ’s servants in general (1:1)
B. The seven churches of Asia Minor specifically
V. Historical setting / circumstances
A. Emperor worship was being enforced
B. Persecution was increasing — Antipas was put to death in Pergamum (2:13)
VI. Interpretation
The original readers understood this to be literal, early writers Irennaeus, Hippolytus, and
Justin, were chiliasts, early Millenialists. Believing in a literal interpretation. But after
centuries past with no literal kingdom occuring, and in response to a extremist grouip called
the Montanists, other
A. The allegorical / nonliteral approach
1. “Timeless truths” — but these do not correspond to a literal reality
2. Merely symbolizes the ultimate triumph of good over evil
3. Historically this is the interpretation of the Catholic church and major Protestant
224
THE BOOK OF REVELATIO
denominations
Referring to point 2 above: A theological poem setting for the ageless struggle between the
kingdom of light and kingdom of darkness. Bill Mounce
Major weakness: Denies the book any historical fulfillment. Rev. becomes of no
significance.
B. The preterist (past) approach
1. Deals with problems faced by the early church in a highly figurative way
2. The literal events they represent happened in the 1st and 2nd centuries
3. In many ways this is similar to the above — non-literal, amillennial
Referring to 1 above: Dealing with the persecution of the early church.
Referring to 2 above: Believed that the major prophecies of this book were fulfille
either in the fall of Jerusalem (70AD_ or the fall of Rome (AD 476). PROBLEM- The
decisive victory and overthrow of Satan, and eternal reign of God was never achieved.
Was John wrong.
C. The historical approach
1. The events are symbolic of the total of church history between Christ’s 1st and
2nd coming.
2. Non-literal, either post-millennial or amillennial
3. No agreement can be found between major proponents of these systems
Very little significance to the original readers.
D. The futuristic approach
1. Chapters 1-3 deal with literal historical churches and literal historical events
2. Chapters 4-22 deal with literal future events with limited symbolism used only to
communicate concepts and events that would have otherwise been difficult to understand
3) Objections to this approach are primarily theological — deny a literal millennium
and a literal future for national Israel
A good interpreter understand Scripture Literal, Grammatical, Historical,
Contextually. Why should we treat prophecy as anything different.
We understand Literally:
-The Birth of Christ Isaiah 7:14
-Place of Birth Micah 5:2
-Seed of woman would gain victory Gen 3:15
-Messiah would be a prophet, priest, and king Deut 8:15-18
-Death of Christ on the cross Ps 22; Is 53
I blelieve if we are honest with the text, if we come to it seeking to THE ORIGINAL READERS
UNDERSTOOD IT we will come to realize that the symbols represenet literal people/events futuristic.
VII. Literary considerations
225
Outline found in 1:19
1. What you have seen 1:1-20
2. What is now 2:1-3:22
3. What is to come 4-22
B. Particular characteristics
1) Use of “7's”
2) Draws heavily from Daniel’s prophecies
3) Promises a blessing to those who read (1:3)
4) Deals with the tribulation extensively 13 ½ chapters, only 1 for the Millennium and 1
for the eternal state
7 bowls, trumpet, seals, lampstands, angels, stars
C. Foundational considerations
VIII. Theme
The Revelation of Jesus Christ
IX. Purpose
To encourage believers with the hope (certainty) that God’s kingdom will ultimately be
established, through the second-coming, [revelation] of Jesus Christ.
X. Message
The final judgment of the wicked and the deliverance of the righteous encourages believers
with the hope that God’s kingdom will ultimately be established through the revelation of
Jesus Christ.
Culmination of history- show the dispensationalism slide show
IX. Key Verses
1:1; 1:19; 19:11-15
OVERVIEW OF THE BOOK OF REVELATIO
226
THE REVELATIO OF JESUS CHRIST
Divisio
ns
What you
have seen
What is
now
The Lord Jesus
Christ
The Seven
Churches
1:1
Topics
1:20 2:1
What will take place
Appearance
of the Judge
3:22 4:1
THE
TRIBULATIO
The
Second
Coming
The
Millenniu
m
19:6 19:7 21 20:1
5:14 6:1
The
Eternal
State
15 21:1 21
Warning
Judgment
Restoration
Preparation
Fulfillment
Completion
Place
Island of Patmos
Time
A.D. 95-96
SURVEY OF REVELATIO
I. What you have seen - The introduction (1:1-20)
A. The revelation of Jesus Christ to the churches (1:1-3)
1:1 Stated Purpose: To show what must SOON take place.
Very Practical; 1:3 A promised blessing to those who 1) reads 2)hears 3) lives; because the
time is near
B. John’s greeting to the churches (1:4-8)
1:4 who was, and is, and is to come; a reminder to his readers in peril, that God has
eternally existed, continues to exist and will exist for all eternity. He is in control of all
that goes on, and ultimately ever knee shall bow.
1:6 J.C. 1. The faitful wittness, 2. Firstborn from the dead, 3.Ruler of the kings of the
earth, 4. Who loves us, 5. Freed us from our sins, 6. Who made us a kingdom and 1:7
Every eye will see
C. John’s call to speak to the churches (1:9-20)
Show John on Patmos. Read 1:9 because of the Word of God
Show John turning to voice. Read 1:10 as slide comes up.
Show Christ and lampstands. Read 1: 12-20
227
II. What is now (2:1-3:22)
It is clear that these are messages to specific churches in specific geographic locations with
specific issues in mind. It is apparent that these were providentially selected to represent
significant issues and situations that the church has and will face. So these messages have
very important truths to be applied to us today. There were other churches in other cities in
the same area, some even bigger, but were not sovereignly chosen. SO, 1. These had
specific messages to churches in the first century. 2. They have a message for our churches
today in similar circumstances. 3. And they have messages for individuals specifically. For
example: the church of Laodicea 3:15-17.
A. The message to the church in Ephesus (2:1-7)
B. The message to the church in Smyrna (2:8-11)
C. The message to the church in Pergamum (2:12-17)
D. The message to the church in Thyatira (2:18-29)
E. The message to the church in Sardis (3:1-6)
F. The message to the church in Philadelphia (3:7-13)
G. The message to the church in Laodicea (3:14-22)
Show the day of Lord slides
3:22 S.S. why the rapture took place before
How do we know that the rapture will take place here, and believers will not enter into the
Tribulation?
1. Scripture teaches that believers will be protected from God’s wrath 1 Cor 15:51,52; 1
Thess 2:10; Rev 3:10 Talk about the preposition ek, not en or dia
2. Return of Christ for his own is imminent Rev 2:25; 1 Thess 4:13-18
3. No reference is made to the church from ch. 4-18
4. Tribulation in the OT is spoken of as God’s dealing with Israel
5. The purpose of the Tribulation is to judge the wicked, and to turn Israel back to their king
228
Mal 4:5,6
III. What will take place (4:1-22:21)
Slide - Outline
A. Appearance of the Judge (4:1-5:14)
Show open door slide
Read 4:1 I will show you the things which shall take place
John receives a vision in which he is invited by God to enter into God’s throne room in
Heaven in the Heavenly temple, in order to receive information regarding the future events.
S.S. The scene in Heaven 4:2
Read 4:2-11 or just verse 8
B. The judge and his throne (4:1-9)
C. The judge and his scroll (5:1-5)
5:4,5 John begins weeping because there is scroll with seven seals and no one is worthy to
open it.
S.S. The Lamb opening the scroll Read 5:6
S.Ss of Elders Read 5:8
D. The judge and his representative C the lamb that was slain (5:6-14)
Play Music File w/words
Read 5:12
E. The Tribulation (6:1-19:6)
Slide shown - Outline
Daniel gives us a timeline regarding the Tribulation
9:24 Speaks of 70 7’s or 70 weeks (each week represents a year, 490 years)
9:25 From the decree to rebuild Jerusalem (Artaxeres neh 2:5, 445 AD) until the coming of
the anointed one (69 weeks)
Alva McClain, a respected scholar on eschatology states, only an omniscient God could have
foretold over 500 years in advance the very day on which the Messiah would ride into
Jerusalem and present himself as the prince of Israel.
9:26 Messiah will be cut off
9:27 A covenant will be made for one week (Anti Christ ) begins the last week of Daniel,
Covenant is broken midway through the tribulation.
229
S.S. 4The
seals
Paul’s Later Letters
Era of Christ and the Church
F. The seal judgments (6:1-8:1)
Judgments get worse and worse as the time goes by. (6:1 – 8:1)
1. The first four seals the-four horsemen (6:1-8)
1. 6:2 White Horse with conqueror, the anti-christ, bow w/o arrow
symbolizing conquering with/o warfare. Peace movement.
2. 6:4 Red Horse, representing removal of peace from the earth and the
beginnings of war.
3. 6:6 Famine ( A days wages for three meals if barley, and one meal
weat), the results of war.
4. 6:8 ¼ of the population will be killed, the losses of war, because failure
establish peace.
to
2. The fifth seal C Souls under the altar (6:9-11)
S.S. of Martyrs-Slain Read 10
5. 6:10 Martyrs from the Trib. Death effects the saints as well as
unbelievers. Martyrs request justice. God’s judgment upon the wicked.
3. The sixth seal (6:12-7:17)
S.S. of destruction of nature
i. Judgment: The great earthquake (6:12-17)
6. 6:12 – 17 A great earthquake occurs causing significant cosmic disturbances.
Sun turned black, the moon blood red, starts falling like leaves from a tree.
Great turmoil over all the earth.
Response of the people is requesting mountains to fall on them.
ii. Explanation: The redeemed of the tribulation (7:1-17)
The interruption of the events to show God’s grace even in the midst of his
wrath and judgment upon the world. A brief interruption in the series of events.
iii. Sealing of the 144,000 Jews (7:1-8)
12,000 from each tribe will come to know the Lord. By the way, the tribes are
not lost, just to us. God knows.
230
S.S. of the enlightenment
S.S. of 144,000 Jews Multitude from the Trib. Read 7:9
iv. The multitude of Gentiles in white robes (7:9-17)
v. The seventh seal - Silence in Heaven and the seven
trumpets (8:1)
Matt 24, Mk 13 – “These were just birth parns.”
Olivet Discourse
Thy silence in Heaven for a half hour. Because a very important event is
about to occur. The seventh seal unleashes the rest of the judgment, the
seven trumpets and the seven bowl judgments. Some have thought to
explain the seven trumpets reiterating the same judgments as the seven seals,
and the seven bowls as well. But it is
Clear that these do not line up, but rather the silence heaven signifies the
wrath yet to come. The purpose of the silence is to prepare for what is about
to happen by heightening expectation of God’s awesome judgments to
follow. Constable it is the lull before the storm, as a few moments of calm
precede the great outpouring of God’s wrath. Great Trib.
S.S. describing relationship between trumpets and bowls, seals.
G. The trumpet judgments (8:2-11:9)
Trumpets were used often by Israelites, for festivals, memorials, and for war, it is
especially used to arouse and warn the enemies, that the Lord and his people will
conquer the enemy. We have the silence in heaven and now the trumpet, signaling
devastation is about to take place, and that is exactly what happens.
Show Trumpet picture
1. Preparation - The golden censer and fire from the altar (8:2-5)
2. The first five trumpets (8:6-9:12)
S.S. First six trumpets
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
8:7 1/3 of the earth, trees, grass destroyed
8:8 1/3 of the sea became blood, 1/3 of ships destroyed
8:11 1/3 of the springs became bitter, and many died from drinking.
8:12 1/3 of the sun, moon and starts are darkened.
9:1 Locusts First WOE,
231 CONSIDERABLE LENGTH GIVEN TO THESE
COMING WOES SIGNALLING THEIR IMPORTANCE.
An individual is spoken of here who is able to torment people by letting free
some locust like creatures with deadly sting, only pursues those who are not
3. The sixth trumpet (9:13-11:14)
i. Judgment: Release of the four angels (9:13-21)
6. 9:15, 16 SECOND WOE 200 million horsemen released to kill 1/3 of
mankind.
S.S. Angel
ii. Revelation: The mighty angel, the 7 thunders, the scroll
(10:1-11) Conceal these things, 7 thunders
iv. Proclamation: The two witnesses (11:1-14)
S.S. of 2 witnesses
An interruption in the chronology occurs again, to explain the ministry of the two
witnesses which occurs in the last 3 ½ years, the great tribulation. They are not able to be
killed (11:5). They have the ability to send their mouths (11:5), the power over creation
(11:6), they can shut up the sky. When the time is right they will die (11:7), the wicked
will rejoice (11:10), they will raise from the dead (11:12).
4. The seventh trumpet - judgment and reward (11:15-19)
7. THIRD WOE 7th angel blows 7th trumpet. 11:15 the future is declared, and
the fact that this which is spoken of will be fulfilled at the end of the trib, when
the Lord returns, points again to the fact that this 7th trumpet begins and
includes the seven bowl judgments.
5. Summary - The spiritual nature of the conflict (12:1-14:20)
H. The work of Satan (12:1-13:18)
S.S. of woman and dragon 12:1-6
1. Against the nation of Israel (12:1-17)
Satan – Dragon
232tried to eat but escaped and
Woman – Bore a child, dragon
preserved
S.S. of war in Heaven Read 12:7-10
S.S. woman w/wings Read 12:14
2. Against the nations of the world (13:1-18)
Show picture of dragon, spewing out water after the Jewish nation
S.S. 13:4
Beast 7 heads – Empires
10 horns – nations
Power from the dragon 13:4 – Antichrist
Beast from earth – false prophet – worship the Antichrist
I. The work of Christ (14:1-20)
i. For nation of Israel (14:1-5)
ii. For the nations of the earth (14:6-13)
iii. Against the nations of the earth (14:14-20)
J. The bowl judgments - the seven last plagues (15:1-16:21)
1. Preparation (15:1-8)
2. The first five bowls (16:1-11)
S. 2 Ss Read 16:1, 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
16:2 Terrible sores on the bodies of those who have the mark of the beast.
16:3 The sea becomes like blood and all creatures in it die.
16:4 All the springs become blood.
16:8 The sun scorched men ( they blasphemed God and would not repent
16:9 )
5. 16:10 Darkness covered the earth ( they blas. And would not repent 16:11 )
233
3. The sixth bowl - demons gather the kings of the earth
6. 16:12-14 the Satanic Euphrates dried up making way for the kings from
the east, to be gathered at Harmageddon (16:16 )
(16:12-16)
4. The seventh bowl (16:17-18:24)
i. Judgment against the earth - earthquake and hail (16:1721)
7. 16:19 An earthquake like none other, Jerusalem separates in three,
islands disappear (20), and mountains also (20), 100 pound
hailstones (21).
ii. Judgment against Babylon - description and destruction
(17:1-18:24)
Read 17:5,6 Show harlot slide
Babylon was the source of many pagan religious systems. Probably a
reference to an establish world religion, which was in place during the
previous years of the trib. Babylon spoken of almost 300 times as apposing
the program of God. Ultimate symbol of God’s power over all.
S.S. of Dispensations
K. The Second Coming of Christ (19:1-21)
1. The Announcement (19:1-10)
Heaven exalts over Babylon’s Fall
2. The Battle of Armageddon (19:11-21) READ 11 John shares
with us what he has seen
S.S. Read 19:11-16
The great supper of God READ 17 and 18
19-armies assemble
20-Imagine those deceived seeing their great leader devastated and destroyed
234
21-The birds ate good.
L. The Millennium (20:1-15)
S.S. Millennium
1. Binding of Satan (20:1-3)
S. 2 Ss Angel w/ Chain Read 20:1-3
2. Resurrection of the saints (20:4-6) REIIG with Christ,
wicked remain in the grave.
Read 20:4
3. Release of Satan and rebellion of the nations (20:7-9)
S.S. Release of Satan Read 20:8,9. Sand on the seashore
Satan doesn’t give up. You would think man a clue but still some join with him.
As many as the sand on the sandshore 20:8. Surely they knew about all that had
taken place up to that point.
4. Final judgment of Satan (20:10) TORMETED DAY AD IGHT
S.S. Forever tormented Read 20: 9,10
5. Final judgment of the wicked (20:11-15) Judgment of wicked
only.
S.S. White Thrown vs. 11
S.S. Books opened vs. 12-13
S.S. Lake of fire vs. 15
M. The Eternal State (21:1-22:21) o sea 21:1
S.S. Eternal state
1. The new creation (21:1-8)
S.S. vs. 2-4
2. The new Jerusalem (21:9-22:6)
S.S. vs. 9-10
ADORNED FOR HER NEW BRIDE, we will dwell w/GOD
21:4 No more sorrow ladies and gentlemen.
235
Paul’s Later Letters The Era
Christ
and the Church
S.S.ofRead
14,18,19,21
i. Description of the city (21:9-27)
BEAUTFUL CITY DESCRIBE
Adorned with precious stones, pearls, gates never close, never any darkness.
21:23 No night, no need for light, the presence of God will illumine.
ii. The river of life and the tree of life (22:1-6)
S.S. Read text 1-6
L. Conclusion (22:7-21)
1. Encouragement and comfort (22:7-17)
I come quickly – Imminent Return 7
22:12 We are reminded of the rewards for his saints.
22:17 HERE IS A GOOD INVITATION TEXT END ON THOS NOTE
2. Warning against those who would change the prophecies (22:18-19)
3. Final benediction (22:20-21)
Close reading 20, 21
End in prayer
236
THEOLOGICAL SUMMARY
I. God
A. His glory
B. His sovereignty
C. His omnipotence
D. His wrath
E. His grace
II. Christ
A. His deity
B. His titles as used with the 7 churches
1. The Lamb
2. The Lion
3. The King of Kings and Lord of Lords
4. The Light
5. The Life
III. Angels
237
A. Holy Angels
1. Their role in the heavens
2. Their role on the earth
B. Unholy Angels
1. Demons in general
2. Satan himself
IV. Man
A. His response to grace
B. His response to judgment
C. His final destiny
V. The Church
A. The life of the local church
B. The relationship of the Church to Christ
C. The relationship of the Church to Israel
VI. Eschatology (Last things)
A. The Rapture
238
B. The Tribulation
C. The Antichrist
239
GEERAL ITRODUCTIO
D. The Future of Israel
E. The Return of Christ
F. The Resurrections
G. The Millennial Kingdom
H. The Final Judgment
I. The Eternal State
240

New Testament Survey Student Notes

Transcription

Similar documents

Recursos para la Parroquia Encíclica del Papa Francisco

Sales Sheet

Ramtha`s Affirmation to Call forth the Christ within you Beloved

lecrae - I Am Second

Pages 5-6

Study Guide - Bethany Community Church

Retreat16_Flyer8.5x11-purple

Italian Quattrocento Painting

Different ways to God

The Vine - Christ Community Fellowship